From b663ae84ecf0347c8a765e169118e0f403b4922f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Robert Luberda Date: Tue, 20 Mar 2007 21:13:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] Update the Polish translations to 974t18f286u --- man/ChangeLog | 4 + man/po/add_pl/cleanup-info.8.pl.add | 1 + man/po/add_pl/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.pl.add | 1 + man/po/add_pl/dpkg-divert.8.pl.add | 1 + man/po/pl.po | 5528 ++++++++++++++------ 5 files changed, 3996 insertions(+), 1539 deletions(-) create mode 100644 man/po/add_pl/cleanup-info.8.pl.add create mode 100644 man/po/add_pl/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.pl.add create mode 100644 man/po/add_pl/dpkg-divert.8.pl.add diff --git a/man/ChangeLog b/man/ChangeLog index e68a1848..daa2a975 100644 --- a/man/ChangeLog +++ b/man/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +2007-03-20 Robert Luberda + + * po/pl.po: Update to 974t18f286u + 2007-03-18 Robert Luberda * po/pl.po: Update to 878t92f308u diff --git a/man/po/add_pl/cleanup-info.8.pl.add b/man/po/add_pl/cleanup-info.8.pl.add new file mode 100644 index 00000000..add0adc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/po/add_pl/cleanup-info.8.pl.add @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.TH;beginboundary=FakePo4aBoundary diff --git a/man/po/add_pl/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.pl.add b/man/po/add_pl/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.pl.add new file mode 100644 index 00000000..add0adc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/po/add_pl/dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1.pl.add @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.TH;beginboundary=FakePo4aBoundary diff --git a/man/po/add_pl/dpkg-divert.8.pl.add b/man/po/add_pl/dpkg-divert.8.pl.add new file mode 100644 index 00000000..add0adc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/po/add_pl/dpkg-divert.8.pl.add @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.TH;beginboundary=FakePo4aBoundary diff --git a/man/po/pl.po b/man/po/pl.po index 80c818ce..b03cfbdf 100644 --- a/man/po/pl.po +++ b/man/po/pl.po @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.14.0\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-18 15:10+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-18 15:28+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-20 22:08+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-20 21:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Robert Luberda \n" "Language-Team: Polish \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -27,102 +27,44 @@ msgid "2007-01-24" msgstr "2007-01-24" # type: TH -#: ../822-date.1:2 -#: ../cleanup-info.8:1 -#: ../deb.5:1 -#: ../deb-control.5:3 -#: ../deb-old.5:1 -#: ../deb-override.5:16 -#: ../deb-shlibs.5:16 -#: ../deb-substvars.5:2 -#: ../dpkg.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-architecture.1:1 -#: ../dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-deb.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-divert.8:1 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-name.1:6 -#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-query.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 -#: ../dpkg-scansources.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:2 -#: ../dpkg-split.1:2 -#: ../dselect.1:1 -#: ../dselect.cfg.5:1 -#: ../install-info.8:5 -#: ../start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#: ../822-date.1:2 ../cleanup-info.8:1 ../deb.5:1 ../deb-control.5:3 +#: ../deb-old.5:1 ../deb-override.5:16 ../deb-shlibs.5:16 ../deb-substvars.5:2 +#: ../dpkg.1:1 ../dpkg-architecture.1:1 ../dpkg.cfg.5:1 +#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:1 ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:1 +#: ../dpkg-deb.1:1 ../dpkg-divert.8:1 ../dpkg-genchanges.1:1 +#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:1 ../dpkg-name.1:6 ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:1 +#: ../dpkg-query.1:1 ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 ../dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:1 ../dpkg-source.1:2 ../dpkg-split.1:2 ../dselect.1:1 +#: ../dselect.cfg.5:1 ../install-info.8:5 ../start-stop-daemon.8:1 #: ../update-alternatives.8:8 #, no-wrap msgid "Debian Project" msgstr "Projekt Debiana" # type: TH -#: ../822-date.1:2 -#: ../cleanup-info.8:1 -#: ../deb-override.5:16 -#: ../deb-shlibs.5:16 -#: ../deb-substvars.5:2 -#: ../dpkg-architecture.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-divert.8:1 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-name.1:6 -#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 -#: ../dpkg-scansources.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:2 -#: ../dpkg-split.1:2 -#: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#: ../install-info.8:5 -#: ../start-stop-daemon.8:1 -#: ../update-alternatives.8:8 +#: ../822-date.1:2 ../cleanup-info.8:1 ../deb-override.5:16 ../deb-shlibs.5:16 +#: ../deb-substvars.5:2 ../dpkg-architecture.1:1 ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:1 +#: ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:1 ../dpkg-divert.8:1 +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:1 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:1 ../dpkg-name.1:6 +#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:1 ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 +#: ../dpkg-scansources.1:1 ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:1 ../dpkg-source.1:2 +#: ../dpkg-split.1:2 ../dpkg-statoverride.8:1 ../install-info.8:5 +#: ../start-stop-daemon.8:1 ../update-alternatives.8:8 #, no-wrap msgid "dpkg utilities" msgstr "u¿ytki dpkg" # type: SH -#: ../822-date.1:3 -#: ../cleanup-info.8:2 -#: ../deb.5:2 -#: ../deb-control.5:4 -#: ../deb-old.5:2 -#: ../deb-override.5:17 -#: ../deb-shlibs.5:17 -#: ../deb-substvars.5:3 -#: ../dpkg.1:2 -#: ../dpkg-architecture.1:2 -#: ../dpkg.cfg.5:2 -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:2 -#: ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:2 -#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:2 -#: ../dpkg-deb.1:2 -#: ../dpkg-divert.8:2 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:2 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:2 -#: ../dpkg-name.1:7 -#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:2 -#: ../dpkg-query.1:2 -#: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:17 -#: ../dpkg-scansources.1:2 -#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:2 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:3 -#: ../dpkg-split.1:3 -#: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:2 -#: ../dselect.1:2 -#: ../dselect.cfg.5:2 -#: ../install-info.8:6 -#: ../start-stop-daemon.8:2 -#: ../update-alternatives.8:9 +#: ../822-date.1:3 ../cleanup-info.8:2 ../deb.5:2 ../deb-control.5:4 +#: ../deb-old.5:2 ../deb-override.5:17 ../deb-shlibs.5:17 ../deb-substvars.5:3 +#: ../dpkg.1:2 ../dpkg-architecture.1:2 ../dpkg.cfg.5:2 +#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:2 ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:2 ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:2 +#: ../dpkg-deb.1:2 ../dpkg-divert.8:2 ../dpkg-genchanges.1:2 +#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:2 ../dpkg-name.1:7 ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:2 +#: ../dpkg-query.1:2 ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:17 ../dpkg-scansources.1:2 +#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:2 ../dpkg-source.1:3 ../dpkg-split.1:3 +#: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:2 ../dselect.1:2 ../dselect.cfg.5:2 +#: ../install-info.8:6 ../start-stop-daemon.8:2 ../update-alternatives.8:9 #, no-wrap msgid "NAME" msgstr "NAZWA" @@ -134,35 +76,15 @@ msgid "822-date - Print date and time in RFC2822 format" msgstr "822-date - Drukuje datê i czas w formacie RFC2822" # type: SH -#: ../822-date.1:6 -#: ../cleanup-info.8:5 -#: ../deb.5:4 -#: ../deb-control.5:7 -#: ../deb-old.5:5 -#: ../deb-override.5:20 -#: ../deb-shlibs.5:20 -#: ../deb-substvars.5:7 -#: ../dpkg.1:5 -#: ../dpkg-architecture.1:5 -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:5 -#: ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5 -#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:5 -#: ../dpkg-deb.1:5 -#: ../dpkg-divert.8:5 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:5 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:5 -#: ../dpkg-name.1:10 -#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:5 -#: ../dpkg-query.1:5 -#: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:20 -#: ../dpkg-scansources.1:5 -#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:5 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:7 -#: ../dpkg-split.1:6 -#: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:5 -#: ../dselect.1:5 -#: ../install-info.8:9 -#: ../start-stop-daemon.8:5 +#: ../822-date.1:6 ../cleanup-info.8:5 ../deb.5:4 ../deb-control.5:7 +#: ../deb-old.5:5 ../deb-override.5:20 ../deb-shlibs.5:20 ../deb-substvars.5:7 +#: ../dpkg.1:5 ../dpkg-architecture.1:5 ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:5 +#: ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5 ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:5 ../dpkg-deb.1:5 +#: ../dpkg-divert.8:5 ../dpkg-genchanges.1:5 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:5 +#: ../dpkg-name.1:10 ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:5 ../dpkg-query.1:5 +#: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:20 ../dpkg-scansources.1:5 ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:5 +#: ../dpkg-source.1:7 ../dpkg-split.1:6 ../dpkg-statoverride.8:5 +#: ../dselect.1:5 ../install-info.8:9 ../start-stop-daemon.8:5 #: ../update-alternatives.8:12 #, no-wrap msgid "SYNOPSIS" @@ -175,37 +97,16 @@ msgid "B<822-date>" msgstr "B<822-date>" # type: SH -#: ../822-date.1:9 -#: ../cleanup-info.8:11 -#: ../deb.5:6 -#: ../deb-control.5:10 -#: ../deb-old.5:8 -#: ../deb-override.5:23 -#: ../deb-shlibs.5:23 -#: ../deb-substvars.5:10 -#: ../dpkg.1:19 -#: ../dpkg-architecture.1:11 -#: ../dpkg.cfg.5:5 -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:9 -#: ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:10 -#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:9 -#: ../dpkg-deb.1:10 -#: ../dpkg-divert.8:10 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:10 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:9 -#: ../dpkg-name.1:16 -#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:9 -#: ../dpkg-query.1:9 -#: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:29 -#: ../dpkg-scansources.1:14 -#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:11 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:12 -#: ../dpkg-split.1:11 -#: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:10 -#: ../dselect.1:18 -#: ../dselect.cfg.5:5 -#: ../install-info.8:25 -#: ../start-stop-daemon.8:10 +#: ../822-date.1:9 ../cleanup-info.8:11 ../deb.5:6 ../deb-control.5:10 +#: ../deb-old.5:8 ../deb-override.5:23 ../deb-shlibs.5:23 +#: ../deb-substvars.5:10 ../dpkg.1:19 ../dpkg-architecture.1:11 +#: ../dpkg.cfg.5:5 ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:9 ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:10 +#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:9 ../dpkg-deb.1:10 ../dpkg-divert.8:10 +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:10 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:9 ../dpkg-name.1:16 +#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:9 ../dpkg-query.1:9 ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:29 +#: ../dpkg-scansources.1:14 ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:11 ../dpkg-source.1:12 +#: ../dpkg-split.1:11 ../dpkg-statoverride.8:10 ../dselect.1:18 +#: ../dselect.cfg.5:5 ../install-info.8:25 ../start-stop-daemon.8:10 #: ../update-alternatives.8:17 #, no-wrap msgid "DESCRIPTION" @@ -214,38 +115,32 @@ msgstr "OPIS" # type: Plain text # #: ../822-date.1:15 -msgid "B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in RFC2822. It does so by simply calling B(1) with the B<-R> option." -msgstr "B<822-date> wy¶wietla bie¿±c± datê i czas w formacie opisywanym przez dokument RFC2822. Robi to przez proste wywo³anie polecenia B(1) z opcj± B<-R>." +msgid "" +"B<822-date> displays the current date and time in the format described in " +"RFC2822. It does so by simply calling B(1) with the B<-R> option." +msgstr "" +"B<822-date> wy¶wietla bie¿±c± datê i czas w formacie opisywanym przez " +"dokument RFC2822. Robi to przez proste wywo³anie polecenia B(1) z " +"opcj± B<-R>." # type: Plain text #: ../822-date.1:19 -msgid "B B(1) provides the same functionality when called with the B<-R>." +msgid "" +"B B(1) provides the same " +"functionality when called with the B<-R>." msgstr "" +"B, poniewa¿ B(1) " +"uruchomiony z opcj± B<-R> dostarcza tej samej funkcjonalno¶ci." # type: SH -#: ../822-date.1:20 -#: ../cleanup-info.8:30 -#: ../dpkg.1:293 -#: ../dpkg-architecture.1:68 -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:14 -#: ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:18 -#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:27 -#: ../dpkg-deb.1:172 -#: ../dpkg-divert.8:38 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:17 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:16 -#: ../dpkg-name.1:28 -#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:15 -#: ../dpkg-query.1:69 -#: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:70 -#: ../dpkg-scansources.1:45 -#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:36 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:67 -#: ../dpkg-split.1:137 -#: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:51 -#: ../dselect.1:45 -#: ../install-info.8:39 -#: ../start-stop-daemon.8:80 +#: ../822-date.1:20 ../cleanup-info.8:30 ../dpkg.1:293 +#: ../dpkg-architecture.1:68 ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:14 +#: ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:18 ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:27 ../dpkg-deb.1:172 +#: ../dpkg-divert.8:38 ../dpkg-genchanges.1:17 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:16 +#: ../dpkg-name.1:28 ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:15 ../dpkg-query.1:69 +#: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:70 ../dpkg-scansources.1:45 ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:36 +#: ../dpkg-source.1:67 ../dpkg-split.1:137 ../dpkg-statoverride.8:51 +#: ../dselect.1:45 ../install-info.8:39 ../start-stop-daemon.8:80 #: ../update-alternatives.8:302 #, no-wrap msgid "OPTIONS" @@ -258,16 +153,9 @@ msgid "B<822-date> does not take any arguments or options." msgstr "B<822-date> nie wymaga podania ¿adnej opcji." # type: SH -#: ../822-date.1:24 -#: ../cleanup-info.8:48 -#: ../deb-substvars.5:126 -#: ../dpkg.1:609 -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:181 -#: ../dpkg-deb.1:221 -#: ../dpkg-name.1:87 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:264 -#: ../dpkg-split.1:200 -#: ../dselect.1:427 +#: ../822-date.1:24 ../cleanup-info.8:48 ../deb-substvars.5:126 ../dpkg.1:609 +#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:181 ../dpkg-deb.1:221 ../dpkg-name.1:87 +#: ../dpkg-source.1:264 ../dpkg-split.1:200 ../dselect.1:427 #: ../update-alternatives.8:383 #, no-wrap msgid "BUGS" @@ -280,31 +168,14 @@ msgid "This facility really ought to be part of B(1)." msgstr "To polecenie powinno byæ czê¶ci± polecenia B(1)." # type: SH -#: ../822-date.1:28 -#: ../cleanup-info.8:51 -#: ../deb.5:67 -#: ../deb-control.5:204 -#: ../deb-old.5:51 -#: ../deb-override.5:67 -#: ../deb-shlibs.5:29 -#: ../deb-substvars.5:130 -#: ../dpkg.1:599 -#: ../dpkg-architecture.1:268 -#: ../dpkg.cfg.5:21 -#: ../dpkg-deb.1:238 -#: ../dpkg-divert.8:118 -#: ../dpkg-name.1:97 -#: ../dpkg-query.1:158 -#: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:95 -#: ../dpkg-scansources.1:65 -#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:127 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:275 -#: ../dpkg-split.1:226 -#: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:78 -#: ../dselect.1:443 -#: ../dselect.cfg.5:21 -#: ../install-info.8:277 -#: ../update-alternatives.8:403 +#: ../822-date.1:28 ../cleanup-info.8:51 ../deb.5:67 ../deb-control.5:204 +#: ../deb-old.5:51 ../deb-override.5:67 ../deb-shlibs.5:29 +#: ../deb-substvars.5:130 ../dpkg.1:599 ../dpkg-architecture.1:268 +#: ../dpkg.cfg.5:21 ../dpkg-deb.1:238 ../dpkg-divert.8:118 ../dpkg-name.1:97 +#: ../dpkg-query.1:158 ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:95 ../dpkg-scansources.1:65 +#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:127 ../dpkg-source.1:275 ../dpkg-split.1:226 +#: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:78 ../dselect.1:443 ../dselect.cfg.5:21 +#: ../install-info.8:277 ../update-alternatives.8:403 #, no-wrap msgid "SEE ALSO" msgstr "ZOBACZ TAK¯E" @@ -315,28 +186,25 @@ msgid "I (RFC2822), B(1)." msgstr "I (RFC2822), B(1)." # type: SH -#: ../822-date.1:33 -#: ../cleanup-info.8:54 -#: ../deb-substvars.5:137 -#: ../dpkg-architecture.1:272 -#: ../dpkg.cfg.5:17 -#: ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:31 -#: ../dpkg-deb.1:244 -#: ../dpkg-divert.8:121 -#: ../dpkg-query.1:149 -#: ../dpkg-scansources.1:69 -#: ../dpkg-split.1:232 -#: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:81 -#: ../dselect.cfg.5:17 -#: ../update-alternatives.8:392 +#: ../822-date.1:33 ../cleanup-info.8:54 ../deb-substvars.5:137 +#: ../dpkg-architecture.1:272 ../dpkg.cfg.5:17 ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:31 +#: ../dpkg-deb.1:244 ../dpkg-divert.8:121 ../dpkg-query.1:149 +#: ../dpkg-scansources.1:69 ../dpkg-split.1:232 ../dpkg-statoverride.8:81 +#: ../dselect.cfg.5:17 ../update-alternatives.8:392 #, no-wrap msgid "AUTHOR" msgstr "AUTOR" # type: Plain text #: ../822-date.1:40 -msgid "B<822-date> is a really simple wrapper around B(1). By its simplicity, the code is probably not copyrightable and should be considered to be in the public domain. This man page was written by Frank Lichtenheld based on an earlier version by Ian Jackson and was also put in the public domain." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"B<822-date> is a really simple wrapper around B(1). By its " +"simplicity, the code is probably not copyrightable and should be considered " +"to be in the public domain. This man page was written by Frank Lichtenheld " +"based on an earlier version by Ian Jackson and was also put in the public " +"domain." +msgstr "B<822-date>" # type: TH #: ../cleanup-info.8:1 @@ -345,18 +213,10 @@ msgid "cleanup-info" msgstr "cleanup-info" # type: TH -#: ../cleanup-info.8:1 -#: ../deb-substvars.5:2 -#: ../dpkg-architecture.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-divert.8:1 -#: ../dpkg-name.1:6 -#: ../dpkg-query.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 -#: ../dpkg-scansources.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-split.1:2 -#: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:1 -#: ../start-stop-daemon.8:1 +#: ../cleanup-info.8:1 ../deb-substvars.5:2 ../dpkg-architecture.1:1 +#: ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 ../dpkg-divert.8:1 ../dpkg-name.1:6 +#: ../dpkg-query.1:1 ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 ../dpkg-scansources.1:1 +#: ../dpkg-split.1:2 ../dpkg-statoverride.8:1 ../start-stop-daemon.8:1 #: ../update-alternatives.8:8 #, no-wrap msgid "2007-03-06" @@ -364,7 +224,6 @@ msgstr "2007-03-06" # type: Plain text #: ../cleanup-info.8:4 -#, fuzzy msgid "cleanup-info - clean up the mess that bogus install-info may have done" msgstr "cleanup-info - robi porz±dek po dzia³aniu fa³szywego install-info" @@ -375,22 +234,34 @@ msgstr "B [I] [B<-->] [I]" # type: Plain text #: ../cleanup-info.8:18 -msgid "B is a Perl script that tries to clean up the mess that bogus B(8) may have done. It gathers all sections with the same heading into a single one. It tries to be smart about cases and trailing colon/spaces." +msgid "" +"B is a Perl script that tries to clean up the mess that bogus " +"B(8) may have done. It gathers all sections with the same " +"heading into a single one. It tries to be smart about cases and trailing " +"colon/spaces." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../cleanup-info.8:21 -msgid "Other clean-ups include removing of empty sections, and squeezing the blank lines (in entries part only)." +msgid "" +"Other clean-ups include removing of empty sections, and squeezing the blank " +"lines (in entries part only)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../cleanup-info.8:24 -msgid "Order of sections is preserved (the first encountered section counts). Order of entries within a section is preserved." +msgid "" +"Order of sections is preserved (the first encountered section counts). " +"Order of entries within a section is preserved." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../cleanup-info.8:29 -msgid "Please be B when using this utility - it might not be 100% safe. cleanup-info tries to be careful with your info dir file, but only until it writes it. You should back the file up prior to using this script." +msgid "" +"Please be B when using this utility - it might not be " +"100% safe. cleanup-info tries to be careful with your info dir file, but " +"only until it writes it. You should back the file up prior to using this " +"script." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -406,110 +277,57 @@ msgstr "Ustawia kilka opcji dodatkowych, a by # type: Plain text #: ../cleanup-info.8:36 -#, fuzzy msgid "B" msgstr "B" # type: TP -#: ../cleanup-info.8:36 -#: ../dpkg-architecture.1:61 -#: ../dpkg-divert.8:67 -#: ../dpkg-scansources.1:60 -#: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:44 -#: ../dselect.1:121 -#: ../install-info.8:195 -#: ../update-alternatives.8:295 +#: ../cleanup-info.8:36 ../dpkg-architecture.1:61 ../dpkg-divert.8:67 +#: ../dpkg-scansources.1:60 ../dpkg-statoverride.8:44 ../dselect.1:121 +#: ../install-info.8:195 ../update-alternatives.8:295 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--help>" msgstr "B<--help>" # type: Plain text -#: ../cleanup-info.8:39 -#: ../dpkg-architecture.1:64 -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:177 -#: ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:30 -#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:35 -#: ../dpkg-deb.1:165 -#: ../dpkg-divert.8:70 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:142 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:101 -#: ../dpkg-name.1:59 -#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:36 -#: ../dpkg-query.1:62 -#: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:84 -#: ../dpkg-scansources.1:62 -#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:112 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:63 -#: ../dpkg-split.1:130 -#: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:47 +#: ../cleanup-info.8:39 ../dpkg-architecture.1:64 ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:177 +#: ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:30 ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:35 ../dpkg-deb.1:165 +#: ../dpkg-divert.8:70 ../dpkg-genchanges.1:142 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:101 +#: ../dpkg-name.1:59 ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:36 ../dpkg-query.1:62 +#: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:84 ../dpkg-scansources.1:62 ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:112 +#: ../dpkg-source.1:63 ../dpkg-split.1:130 ../dpkg-statoverride.8:47 #: ../update-alternatives.8:298 msgid "Show the usage message and exit." msgstr "Wy¶wietla informacjê o u¿ytkowaniu i koñczy dzia³anie." # type: TP -#: ../cleanup-info.8:39 -#: ../dpkg-architecture.1:64 -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:177 -#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:35 -#: ../dpkg-deb.1:165 -#: ../dpkg-divert.8:70 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:142 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:101 -#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:36 -#: ../dpkg-query.1:62 -#: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:84 -#: ../dpkg-scansources.1:62 -#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:112 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:63 -#: ../dpkg-split.1:130 -#: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:47 -#: ../dselect.1:128 -#: ../install-info.8:200 -#: ../update-alternatives.8:298 +#: ../cleanup-info.8:39 ../dpkg-architecture.1:64 ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:177 +#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:35 ../dpkg-deb.1:165 ../dpkg-divert.8:70 +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:142 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:101 +#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:36 ../dpkg-query.1:62 ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:84 +#: ../dpkg-scansources.1:62 ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:112 ../dpkg-source.1:63 +#: ../dpkg-split.1:130 ../dpkg-statoverride.8:47 ../dselect.1:128 +#: ../install-info.8:200 ../update-alternatives.8:298 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--version>" msgstr "B<--version>" # type: Plain text # -#: ../cleanup-info.8:42 -#: ../dpkg-architecture.1:67 -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:180 -#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:38 -#: ../dpkg-deb.1:168 -#: ../dpkg-divert.8:73 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:145 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:104 -#: ../dpkg-name.1:62 -#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:39 -#: ../dpkg-query.1:65 -#: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:87 -#: ../dpkg-scansources.1:64 -#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:115 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:66 -#: ../dpkg-split.1:133 -#: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:50 -#: ../update-alternatives.8:301 -#, fuzzy +#: ../cleanup-info.8:42 ../dpkg-architecture.1:67 ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:180 +#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:38 ../dpkg-deb.1:168 ../dpkg-divert.8:73 +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:145 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:104 ../dpkg-name.1:62 +#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:39 ../dpkg-query.1:65 ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:87 +#: ../dpkg-scansources.1:64 ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:115 ../dpkg-source.1:66 +#: ../dpkg-split.1:133 ../dpkg-statoverride.8:50 ../update-alternatives.8:301 msgid "Show the version and exit." msgstr "Wy¶wietla informacjê o wersji i pomy¶lnie koñczy dzia³anie." # type: SH -#: ../cleanup-info.8:43 -#: ../deb-substvars.5:121 -#: ../dpkg.1:496 -#: ../dpkg.cfg.5:12 -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:186 -#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:39 -#: ../dpkg-divert.8:108 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:146 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:105 -#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:40 -#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:116 -#: ../dpkg-split.1:215 -#: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:68 -#: ../dselect.cfg.5:12 -#: ../update-alternatives.8:325 +#: ../cleanup-info.8:43 ../deb-substvars.5:121 ../dpkg.1:496 ../dpkg.cfg.5:12 +#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:186 ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:39 ../dpkg-divert.8:108 +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:146 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:105 +#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:40 ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:116 ../dpkg-split.1:215 +#: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:68 ../dselect.cfg.5:12 ../update-alternatives.8:325 #, no-wrap msgid "FILES" msgstr "PLIKI" @@ -522,7 +340,9 @@ msgstr "I lub IkatalogE/dir>" # type: Plain text #: ../cleanup-info.8:47 -msgid "The info directory file. The lock file is named the same, with \".lock\" suffix." +msgid "" +"The info directory file. The lock file is named the same, with \".lock\" " +"suffix." msgstr "" # type: Plain text @@ -541,13 +361,15 @@ msgid "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." msgstr "Copyright (C) 1996 Kim-Minh Kaplan." # type: Plain text -#: ../cleanup-info.8:58 -#: ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:38 -#: ../dpkg-divert.8:125 -#: ../dpkg-query.1:157 -#: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:88 -msgid "This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "Niniejszy program jest oprogramowaniem wolnym, sprawd¼ Powszechn± Licencjê Publiczn± GNU w wersji drugiej lub pó¼niejszej, by dowiedzieæ siê o warunkach dystrybucji. Brak JAKIEJKOLWIEK gwarancji." +#: ../cleanup-info.8:58 ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:38 ../dpkg-divert.8:125 +#: ../dpkg-query.1:157 ../dpkg-statoverride.8:88 +msgid "" +"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " +"for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." +msgstr "" +"Niniejszy program jest oprogramowaniem wolnym, sprawd¼ Powszechn± Licencjê " +"Publiczn± GNU w wersji drugiej lub pó¼niejszej, by dowiedzieæ siê o " +"warunkach dystrybucji. Brak JAKIEJKOLWIEK gwarancji." # type: TH #: ../deb.5:1 @@ -556,22 +378,14 @@ msgid "deb" msgstr "deb" # type: TH -#: ../deb.5:1 -#: ../deb-control.5:3 -#: ../deb-old.5:1 -#: ../dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#: ../dselect.1:1 -#: ../dselect.cfg.5:1 -#: ../install-info.8:5 +#: ../deb.5:1 ../deb-control.5:3 ../deb-old.5:1 ../dpkg.cfg.5:1 ../dselect.1:1 +#: ../dselect.cfg.5:1 ../install-info.8:5 #, no-wrap msgid "2006-02-28" msgstr "2006-02-28" # type: TH -#: ../deb.5:1 -#: ../deb-control.5:3 -#: ../deb-old.5:1 -#: ../dselect.1:1 +#: ../deb.5:1 ../deb-control.5:3 ../deb-old.5:1 ../dselect.1:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Debian" msgstr "Debian" @@ -583,24 +397,27 @@ msgid "deb - Debian binary package format" msgstr "deb - format binarnego pakietu Debiana" # type: Plain text -#: ../deb.5:6 -#: ../deb-old.5:7 +#: ../deb.5:6 ../deb-old.5:7 msgid "IB<.deb>" msgstr "IB<.deb>" # type: Plain text #: ../deb.5:12 -msgid "The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is understood by dpkg 0.93.76 and later, and is generated by default by all versions of dpkg since 1.2.0 and all i386/ELF versions since 1.1.1elf." +msgid "" +"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is " +"understood by dpkg 0.93.76 and later, and is generated by default by all " +"versions of dpkg since 1.2.0 and all i386/ELF versions since 1.1.1elf." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb.5:16 -msgid "The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old format are described in B(5)." +msgid "" +"The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old " +"format are described in B(5)." msgstr "" # type: SH -#: ../deb.5:16 -#: ../deb-old.5:18 +#: ../deb.5:16 ../deb-old.5:18 #, no-wrap msgid "FORMAT" msgstr "FORMAT" @@ -612,32 +429,59 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb.5:31 -msgid "The first member is named B and contains a series of lines, separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is the case." +msgid "" +"The first member is named B and contains a series of lines, " +"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format " +"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs " +"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be " +"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is " +"the case." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb.5:36 -msgid "If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive (except at the end), as described below." +msgid "" +"If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " +"the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " +"safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " +"(except at the end), as described below." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb.5:46 -msgid "The second required member is named B. It is a gzipped tar archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain files, of which the file B is mandatory and contains the core control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for `B<.>', the current directory." +msgid "" +"The second required member is named B. It is a gzipped tar " +"archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain " +"files, of which the file B is mandatory and contains the core " +"control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for " +"`B<.>', the current directory." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb.5:50 -msgid "The third, last required member is named B. It contains the filesystem archive as a gzipped tar archive." +msgid "" +"The third, last required member is named B. It contains the " +"filesystem archive as a gzipped tar archive." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb.5:61 -msgid "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should ignore any additional members after B. Further members may be defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names starting with an underscore, `B<_>'." +msgid "" +"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " +"ignore any additional members after B. Further members may be " +"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. " +"Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B " +"and which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names " +"starting with an underscore, `B<_>'." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb.5:67 -msgid "Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted before B with names starting with something other than underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be increased." +msgid "" +"Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted " +"before B with names starting with something other than " +"underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be " +"increased." msgstr "" # type: Plain text @@ -655,9 +499,8 @@ msgstr "deb-control" # type: Plain text # #: ../deb-control.5:6 -#, fuzzy msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format" -msgstr "dselect - konsolowe narzêdzie zarz±dzania pakietami Debiana" +msgstr "deb-control - format g³ównego pliku pakietu Debiana" # type: TP #: ../deb-control.5:9 @@ -666,7 +509,14 @@ msgstr "control" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-control.5:23 -msgid "Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B or B (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the B field, see below)." +msgid "" +"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a " +"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B or " +"B (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the " +"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text " +"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally " +"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the " +"B field, see below)." msgstr "" # type: SH @@ -683,7 +533,9 @@ msgstr "B Enazwa pakietuE" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-control.5:29 -msgid "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate file names by most installation tools." +msgid "" +"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate " +"file names by most installation tools." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -694,7 +546,12 @@ msgstr "B Eoznaczenie wersjiE" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-control.5:36 -msgid "Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for non-native packages). If both version and revision are supplied, they are separated by a hyphen, `-'. For this reason, the original version may not have a hyphen in its version number." +msgid "" +"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " +"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for " +"non-native packages). If both version and revision are supplied, they are " +"separated by a hyphen, `-'. For this reason, the original version may not " +"have a hyphen in its version number." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -705,8 +562,14 @@ msgstr "B Epe # type: Plain text #: ../deb-control.5:41 -msgid "Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs Ejbloggs@foo.comE', and is typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of the software that was packaged." -msgstr "Powinna byæ w formacie `Jan Nowak Ejnowak@foo.comE' i zazwyczaj oznacza osobê, która utworzy³a pakiet (a nie osobê, która jest autorem programu)." +msgid "" +"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs Ejbloggs@foo.comE', and is " +"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " +"the software that was packaged." +msgstr "" +"Powinna byæ w formacie `Jan Nowak Ejnowak@foo.comE' i zazwyczaj " +"oznacza osobê, która utworzy³a pakiet (a nie osobê, która jest autorem " +"programu)." # type: TP #: ../deb-control.5:41 @@ -721,7 +584,12 @@ msgstr "B< >Ed # type: Plain text #: ../deb-control.5:50 -msgid "The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must contain a single '.' following the preceding space." +msgid "" +"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first " +"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used " +"as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description " +"must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must " +"contain a single '.' following the preceding space." msgstr "" # type: SH @@ -738,7 +606,10 @@ msgstr "B EsekcjaE" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-control.5:57 -msgid "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', `text', `x11' etc." +msgid "" +"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " +"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', " +"`text', `x11' etc." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -749,12 +620,18 @@ msgstr "B Epriorytet" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-control.5:61 -msgid "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc." +msgid "" +"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " +"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-control.5:71 -msgid "In Debian, the B
and B fields have a defined set of accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the packages are layed out in the archive. A list of these values can be obtained from the latest version of the B package." +msgid "" +"In Debian, the B
and B fields have a defined set of " +"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the " +"packages are layed out in the archive. A list of these values can be " +"obtained from the latest version of the B package." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -765,7 +642,11 @@ msgstr "B Eyes|noE" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-control.5:78 -msgid "This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any other installation tool will not allow an B package to be removed (at least not without using one of the force options)." +msgid "" +"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a " +"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any " +"other installation tool will not allow an B package to be removed " +"(at least not without using one of the force options)." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -776,7 +657,12 @@ msgstr "B Earchitektura|allE" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-control.5:86 -msgid "The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' etc. Note that the B option is meant for packages that are architecture independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and documentation." +msgid "" +"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled " +"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' " +"etc. Note that the B option is meant for packages that are architecture " +"independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and " +"documentation." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -787,7 +673,9 @@ msgstr "B Enazwa # type: Plain text #: ../deb-control.5:90 -msgid "The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if different than the name of the package itself." +msgid "" +"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if " +"different than the name of the package itself." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -798,7 +686,13 @@ msgstr "B Elista pakiet # type: Plain text #: ../deb-control.5:100 -msgid "List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a package to be installed if the packages listed in its B field aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those of the packages which depend on them, and run prerm scripts before." +msgid "" +"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial " +"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a " +"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B field " +"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options), and will " +"run the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields before those " +"of the packages which depend on them, and run prerm scripts before." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -809,7 +703,10 @@ msgstr "B Elista pakiet # type: Plain text #: ../deb-control.5:107 -msgid "List of packages that must be installed B configured before this one can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package requires another package for running its preinst script." +msgid "" +"List of packages that must be installed B configured before this one " +"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package " +"requires another package for running its preinst script." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -820,7 +717,10 @@ msgstr "B Elista pakiet # type: Plain text #: ../deb-control.5:114 -msgid "Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they install a package without those listed in its B field." +msgid "" +"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual " +"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they " +"install a package without those listed in its B field." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -831,17 +731,31 @@ msgstr "B Elista pakiet # type: Plain text #: ../deb-control.5:119 -msgid "Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly reasonable." +msgid "" +"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its " +"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly " +"reasonable." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-control.5:131 -msgid "The syntax of B, B, B and B fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a version number specification in parentheses." +msgid "" +"The syntax of B, B, B and B " +"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of " +"packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are " +"separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with " +"pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a " +"version number specification in parentheses." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-control.5:137 -msgid "A version number may start with a `EE', in which case any later version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision (separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"EE\" for greater than, \"EE\" for less than, \"E=\" for greater than or equal to, \"E=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to." +msgid "" +"A version number may start with a `EE', in which case any later " +"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " +"(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"EE\" " +"for greater than, \"EE\" for less than, \"E=\" for greater than " +"or equal to, \"E=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -852,7 +766,11 @@ msgstr "B Elista pakiet # type: Plain text #: ../deb-control.5:145 -msgid "Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting packages should each include a B line mentioning the other." +msgid "" +"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files " +"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow " +"conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting " +"packages should each include a B line mentioning the other." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -863,7 +781,11 @@ msgstr "B Elista pakiet # type: Plain text #: ../deb-control.5:153 -msgid "List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is usually used with the B field to force removal of the other package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." +msgid "" +"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for " +"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is " +"usually used with the B field to force removal of the other " +"package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -874,12 +796,25 @@ msgstr "B Elista pakiet # type: Plain text #: ../deb-control.5:163 -msgid "This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate the list." +msgid "" +"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is " +"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For " +"example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a " +"common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. " +"This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the " +"dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from " +"having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate " +"the list." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-control.5:178 -msgid "The syntax of B, B and B is a list of package names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be given with the same syntax as above for the B and B fields." +msgid "" +"The syntax of B, B and B is a list of package " +"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B " +"field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version can also be " +"given with the same syntax as above for the B and B " +"fields." msgstr "" # type: SH @@ -952,22 +887,31 @@ msgstr "deb-old - stary format binarnego pakietu Debiana" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-old.5:17 -msgid "The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual page describes the B format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B(5) for details of the new format." +msgid "" +"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual " +"page describes the B format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B" +"(5) for details of the new format." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-old.5:21 -msgid "The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two concatenated gzipped ustar files." +msgid "" +"The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two " +"concatenated gzipped ustar files." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-old.5:25 -msgid "The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is B<0.939000> for all old-format archives." +msgid "" +"The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is " +"B<0.939000> for all old-format archives." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-old.5:28 -msgid "The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the length of the first gzipped tarfile." +msgid "" +"The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the " +"length of the first gzipped tarfile." msgstr "" # type: Plain text @@ -977,17 +921,28 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-old.5:35 -msgid "The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary files. The file B must be present, as it contains the core control information." +msgid "" +"The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary " +"files. The file B must be present, as it contains the core control " +"information." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-old.5:46 -msgid "In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally be in a B subdirectory. In that case, the B subdirectory will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry for `B<.>', that is, the current directory." +msgid "" +"In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally " +"be in a B subdirectory. In that case, the B subdirectory " +"will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only " +"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry " +"for `B<.>', that is, the current directory." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-old.5:50 -msgid "The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The pathnames do not have leading slashes." +msgid "" +"The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames " +"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The " +"pathnames do not have leading slashes." msgstr "" # type: Plain text @@ -1003,14 +958,9 @@ msgid "deb-override" msgstr "deb-override" # type: TH -#: ../deb-override.5:16 -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:2 +#: ../deb-override.5:16 ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:1 ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:1 +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:1 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:1 ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:1 +#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:1 ../dpkg-source.1:2 #, no-wrap msgid "2007-03-07" msgstr "2007-03-07" @@ -1018,7 +968,7 @@ msgstr "2007-03-07" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-override.5:19 msgid "deb-override - Debian archive override file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "deb-override - plik nadpisañ archiwum Debiana" # type: TP #: ../deb-override.5:22 @@ -1027,12 +977,19 @@ msgstr "override" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-override.5:29 -msgid "While most information about a package can be found in the control file, some must be filled in by the distribution czars rather than by the maintainer, because they relate to the arrangement of files for release rather than the actual dependencies and description of the package. This information is found in the override file." +msgid "" +"While most information about a package can be found in the control file, " +"some must be filled in by the distribution czars rather than by the " +"maintainer, because they relate to the arrangement of files for release " +"rather than the actual dependencies and description of the package. This " +"information is found in the override file." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-override.5:33 -msgid "The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." +msgid "" +"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are " +"allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text @@ -1042,22 +999,32 @@ msgstr "I I I [I]" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-override.5:44 -msgid "I is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored." +msgid "" +"I is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for " +"packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-override.5:53 -msgid "I and I
place the package within the release tree; these ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a subdirectory of I, that will be checked against I
." +msgid "" +"I and I
place the package within the release tree; these " +"ought not to be found in the control file. If the package is found in a " +"subdirectory of I, that will be checked against I
." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-override.5:61 -msgid "I, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an unconditional override, or else I B<=E> I to perform a substitution." +msgid "" +"I, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an " +"unconditional override, or else I B<=E> I " +"to perform a substitution." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-override.5:66 -msgid "The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in the I directory on any Debian mirror." +msgid "" +"The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in " +"the I directory on any Debian mirror." msgstr "" # type: Plain text @@ -1089,7 +1056,9 @@ msgstr "shlibs" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-shlibs.5:26 -msgid "The format for a shared library dependency information entry in these files is (see the Debian Policy Manual for details):" +msgid "" +"The format for a shared library dependency information entry in these files " +"is (see the Debian Policy Manual for details):" msgstr "" # type: Plain text @@ -1120,22 +1089,38 @@ msgstr "substvars" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-substvars.5:20 -msgid "Before B, B and B write their control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B and to standard output for B and B) they perform some variable substitutions on the output file." +msgid "" +"Before B, B and B write their " +"control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B " +"and to standard output for B and B) they " +"perform some variable substitutions on the output file." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-substvars.5:27 -msgid "A variable substitution has the form B<${>IB<}>. Variable names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look for more substitutions." +msgid "" +"A variable substitution has the form B<${>IB<}>. Variable " +"names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an " +"alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are " +"left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look " +"for more substitutions." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-substvars.5:34 -msgid "After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string B<${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign." +msgid "" +"After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string B<" +"${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-substvars.5:47 -msgid "Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also specified in the file B (or whatever other file is specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form IB<=>I. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored." +msgid "" +"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also " +"specified in the file B (or whatever other file is " +"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form " +"IB<=>I. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and " +"lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored." msgstr "" # type: Plain text @@ -1164,7 +1149,7 @@ msgstr "B" # #: ../deb-substvars.5:56 msgid "The source package version." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wersja pakietu ¼ród³owego" # type: TP #: ../deb-substvars.5:56 @@ -1174,7 +1159,9 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-substvars.5:60 -msgid "The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if any." +msgid "" +"The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if " +"any." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -1185,7 +1172,9 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-substvars.5:64 -msgid "The binary package version (which may differ from source:Version in a binNMU for example)." +msgid "" +"The binary package version (which may differ from source:Version in a binNMU " +"for example)." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -1196,7 +1185,10 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-substvars.5:69 -msgid "The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now B as its meaning is different from its function, please use the B or B as appropriate." +msgid "" +"The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now " +"B as its meaning is different from its function, please use the " +"B or B as appropriate." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -1207,7 +1199,11 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-substvars.5:78 -msgid "The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the value of that field. If this variable isn't set B will use B to find the default value." +msgid "" +"The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into " +"the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the value of " +"that field. If this variable isn't set B will use B to find the default value." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -1218,7 +1214,11 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-substvars.5:87 -msgid "Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable is set its value is added to that of the B variable (whether set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the B control file field." +msgid "" +"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable " +"is set its value is added to that of the B variable (whether " +"set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the " +"B control file field." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -1229,7 +1229,10 @@ msgstr "BI" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-substvars.5:94 -msgid "The value of the output field I (which must be given in the canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than on places where they are expanded explicitly." +msgid "" +"The value of the output field I (which must be given in the " +"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than " +"on places where they are expanded explicitly." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -1240,7 +1243,10 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-substvars.5:104 -msgid "The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B field in the B<.changes> file will change too." +msgid "" +"The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source " +"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B " +"field in the B<.changes> file will change too." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -1262,7 +1268,8 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-substvars.5:111 -msgid "Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B." +msgid "" +"Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -1285,13 +1292,14 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text #: ../deb-substvars.5:117 -#, fuzzy msgid "The full version of dpkg." -msgstr "B B<--version>" +msgstr "Pe³na wersja programu dpkg." # type: Plain text #: ../deb-substvars.5:120 -msgid "If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an empty value is assumed." +msgid "" +"If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an " +"empty value is assumed." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -1308,16 +1316,21 @@ msgid "List of substitution variables and values." msgstr "Lista dostêpnych pakietów." # type: Plain text -#: ../deb-substvars.5:129 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:267 -msgid "The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard output field settings is rather confused." +#: ../deb-substvars.5:129 ../dpkg-source.1:267 +msgid "" +"The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard " +"output field settings is rather confused." msgstr "" # type: Plain text # #: ../deb-substvars.5:136 -msgid "B(1), B(1), B(1), B(1), B(1)." -msgstr "B(1), B(1), B(1), B(1), B(1)." +msgid "" +"B(1), B(1), B(1), B" +"(1), B(1)." +msgstr "" +"B(1), B(1), B(1), B" +"(1), B(1)." # type: Plain text #: ../deb-substvars.5:139 @@ -1325,48 +1338,36 @@ msgid "The utilities and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson." msgstr "" # type: SH -#: ../deb-substvars.5:140 -#: ../dpkg-name.1:105 -#: ../install-info.8:281 +#: ../deb-substvars.5:140 ../dpkg-name.1:105 ../install-info.8:281 #, no-wrap msgid "COPYRIGHT" msgstr "PRAWA AUTORSKIE" # type: Plain text -#: ../deb-substvars.5:142 -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:195 -#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:49 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:158 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:121 -#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:50 -#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:132 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:282 +#: ../deb-substvars.5:142 ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:195 ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:49 +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:158 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:121 +#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:50 ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:132 ../dpkg-source.1:282 msgid "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" msgstr "Copyright (C) 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" # type: Plain text -#: ../deb-substvars.5:144 -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:197 -#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:51 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:160 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:123 -#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:52 -#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:134 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:284 +#: ../deb-substvars.5:144 ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:197 ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:51 +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:160 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:123 +#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:52 ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:134 ../dpkg-source.1:284 msgid "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman" msgstr "Copyright (C) 2000 Wichert Akkerman" # type: Plain text -#: ../deb-substvars.5:146 -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:199 -#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:53 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:162 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:125 -#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:54 -#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:136 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:286 -msgid "This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." -msgstr "Niniejszy program jest oprogramowaniem wolnym, sprawd¼ Powszechn± Licencjê Publiczn± GNU w wersji drugiej lub pó¼niejszej, by dowiedzieæ siê o warunkach dystrybucji. Brak JAKIEJKOLWIEK gwarancji." +#: ../deb-substvars.5:146 ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:199 ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:53 +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:162 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:125 +#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:54 ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:136 ../dpkg-source.1:286 +msgid "" +"This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " +"for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." +msgstr "" +"Niniejszy program jest oprogramowaniem wolnym, sprawd¼ Powszechn± Licencjê " +"Publiczn± GNU w wersji drugiej lub pó¼niejszej, by dowiedzieæ siê o " +"warunkach dystrybucji. Brak JAKIEJKOLWIEK gwarancji." # type: TH #: ../dpkg.1:1 @@ -1381,10 +1382,7 @@ msgid "2006-04-09" msgstr "2006-04-09" # type: TH -#: ../dpkg.1:1 -#: ../dpkg.cfg.5:1 -#: ../dpkg-deb.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-query.1:1 +#: ../dpkg.1:1 ../dpkg.cfg.5:1 ../dpkg-deb.1:1 ../dpkg-query.1:1 #: ../dselect.cfg.5:1 #, no-wrap msgid "dpkg suite" @@ -1411,26 +1409,56 @@ msgstr "UWAGA" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:13 -msgid "This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B's command line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B." -msgstr "Ten podrêcznik jest przeznaczony dla u¿ytkowników, którzy chc± poznaæ opcje programu B oraz chc± dowiedzieæ siê o pakietach wiêcej ni¿ podaje to B." +msgid "" +"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B's command " +"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B." +msgstr "" +"Ten podrêcznik jest przeznaczony dla u¿ytkowników, którzy chc± poznaæ opcje " +"programu B oraz chc± dowiedzieæ siê o pakietach wiêcej ni¿ podaje to " +"B." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:18 -msgid "It should I be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how B will install their packages. The descriptions of what B does when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." -msgstr "Ten podrêcznik I wyja¶nia technicznych szczegó³ów, np. w jaki sposób B instaluje lub usuwa swoje pakiety, gdy¿ jest to dla przeciêtnego u¿ytkownika zupe³nie nieistotne." +msgid "" +"It should I be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " +"B will install their packages. The descriptions of what B does " +"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." +msgstr "" +"Ten podrêcznik I wyja¶nia technicznych szczegó³ów, np. w jaki sposób " +"B instaluje lub usuwa swoje pakiety, gdy¿ jest to dla przeciêtnego " +"u¿ytkownika zupe³nie nieistotne." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:26 -msgid "B is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The primary and more user-friendly front-end for B is B(1). B itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter tells B what to do and options control the behavior of the action in some way." -msgstr "B to ¶redniego poziomu narzêdzie do instalowania, tworzenia, usuwania pakietów systemu Debian oraz zarz±dzania nimi. Podstawowym i bardziej przyjaznym u¿ytkownikowi narzêdziem-nak³adk± B jest B(1). Sam B jest obs³ugiwany z linii komend przez podanie jednego dzia³ania oraz opcjonalnie dodatkowych opcji. Parametr dzia³anie okre¶la, co B ma zrobiæ, a dodatkowe opcje modyfikuj± to dzia³anie." +msgid "" +"B is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " +"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B is B(1). " +"B itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which " +"consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter " +"tells B what to do and options control the behavior of the action in " +"some way." +msgstr "" +"B to ¶redniego poziomu narzêdzie do instalowania, tworzenia, usuwania " +"pakietów systemu Debian oraz zarz±dzania nimi. Podstawowym i bardziej " +"przyjaznym u¿ytkownikowi narzêdziem-nak³adk± B jest B(1). Sam " +"B jest obs³ugiwany z linii komend przez podanie jednego dzia³ania oraz " +"opcjonalnie dodatkowych opcji. Parametr dzia³anie okre¶la, co B ma " +"zrobiæ, a dodatkowe opcje modyfikuj± to dzia³anie." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:31 -msgid "B can be also be used as a front-end to B(1). The following are B actions, and if they are encountered, B just runs B with the parameters given to it:" -msgstr "B mo¿e byæ tak¿e u¿yty jako nak³adka na B(1). Wymienione poni¿ej dzia³ania s± dzia³aniami programu B i je¿eli zostan± u¿yte, to B uruchomi B i przeka¿e mu odpowiednie parametry:" +msgid "" +"B can be also be used as a front-end to B(1). The following " +"are B actions, and if they are encountered, B just runs " +"B with the parameters given to it:" +msgstr "" +"B mo¿e byæ tak¿e u¿yty jako nak³adka na B(1). Wymienione " +"poni¿ej dzia³ania s± dzia³aniami programu B i je¿eli zostan± " +"u¿yte, to B uruchomi B i przeka¿e mu odpowiednie parametry:" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg.1:40 @@ -1469,8 +1497,14 @@ msgstr "INFORMACJE O PAKIETACH" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:48 -msgid "B maintains some usable information about available packages. The information is divided in three classes: B, B and B. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B." -msgstr "B zarz±dza informacjami o dostêpnych pakietach. Informacje zosta³y podzielone na trzy klasy: B, B oraz B. Warto¶ci te mog± zostaæ zmienione za pomoc± programu B." +msgid "" +"B maintains some usable information about available packages. The " +"information is divided in three classes: B, B and " +"B. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B." +msgstr "" +"B zarz±dza informacjami o dostêpnych pakietach. Informacje zosta³y " +"podzielone na trzy klasy: B, B oraz B. " +"Warto¶ci te mog± zostaæ zmienione za pomoc± programu B." # type: SS #: ../dpkg.1:48 @@ -1499,8 +1533,11 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:77 -msgid "The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all files, except configuration files)." -msgstr "Pakiet zosta³ wybrany do odinstalowania (to znaczy, ¿e chcemy skasowaæ wszystkie pliki pakietu, oprócz plików konfiguracyjnych)." +msgid "" +"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " +"files, except configuration files)." +msgstr "" +"Pakiet zosta³ wybrany do odinstalowania (to znaczy, ¿e chcemy skasowaæ " +"wszystkie pliki pakietu, oprócz plików konfiguracyjnych)." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:77 @@ -1589,8 +1634,12 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:81 -msgid "The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, even configuration files)." -msgstr "Pakiet zosta³ wybrany do wyczyszczenia (to znaczy, ¿e chcemy skasowaæ wszystko, w³±cznie z plikami konfiguracyjnymi)." +msgid "" +"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, " +"even configuration files)." +msgstr "" +"Pakiet zosta³ wybrany do wyczyszczenia (to znaczy, ¿e chcemy skasowaæ " +"wszystko, w³±cznie z plikami konfiguracyjnymi)." # type: SS #: ../dpkg.1:81 @@ -1607,8 +1656,12 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:86 -msgid "A package marked to be on B is not handled by B, unless forced to do that with option B<--force-hold>." -msgstr "Pakiet oznaczony jako B nie jest obs³ugiwany przez B, chyba ¿e u¿yje siê opcji B<--force-hold>." +msgid "" +"A package marked to be on B is not handled by B, unless forced " +"to do that with option B<--force-hold>." +msgstr "" +"Pakiet oznaczony jako B nie jest obs³ugiwany przez B, " +"chyba ¿e u¿yje siê opcji B<--force-hold>." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:86 @@ -1619,8 +1672,14 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:91 -msgid "A package marked B is broken and requires reinstallation. These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-reinstreq>." -msgstr "Pakiet oznaczony jako B jest uszkodzony i wymaga reinstalacji. Taki pakiet nie mo¿e zostaæ usuniêty, chyba ¿e u¿yje siê opcji B<--force-remove-reinstreq>." +msgid "" +"A package marked B is broken and requires reinstallation. " +"These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-" +"reinstreq>." +msgstr "" +"Pakiet oznaczony jako B jest uszkodzony i wymaga " +"reinstalacji. Taki pakiet nie mo¿e zostaæ usuniêty, chyba ¿e u¿yje siê opcji " +"B<--force-remove-reinstreq>." # type: SH #: ../dpkg.1:92 @@ -1637,8 +1696,12 @@ msgstr "B | B<--install> I..." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:97 -msgid "Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, I must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "Instalacja pakiet. Je¶li zosta³a u¿yta opcja B<--recursive> lub B<-R>, I musi oznaczaæ wybrany katalog." +msgid "" +"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " +"I must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"Instalacja pakiet. Je¶li zosta³a u¿yta opcja B<--recursive> lub B<-R>, " +"I musi oznaczaæ wybrany katalog." # type: Plain text # @@ -1655,8 +1718,12 @@ msgstr "B<1.> Rozpakowanie plik # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:106 -msgid "B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new installation, execute I script of the old package." -msgstr "B<2.> Je¶li inna wersja tego samego pakietu jest ju¿ zainstalowana, uruchomienie skryptu I starego pakietu." +msgid "" +"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " +"installation, execute I script of the old package." +msgstr "" +"B<2.> Je¶li inna wersja tego samego pakietu jest ju¿ zainstalowana, " +"uruchomienie skryptu I starego pakietu." # type: Plain text # @@ -1667,20 +1734,36 @@ msgstr "B<3.> Uruchomienie skryptu I, je # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:113 -msgid "B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." -msgstr "B<4.> Rozpakowanie nowych plików, ale przechowanie starych na wypadek, gdyby instalacja siê nie powiod³a i trzeba by je odzyskaæ." +msgid "" +"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " +"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." +msgstr "" +"B<4.> Rozpakowanie nowych plików, ale przechowanie starych na wypadek, gdyby " +"instalacja siê nie powiod³a i trzeba by je odzyskaæ." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:120 -msgid "B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new installation, execute the I script of the old package. Note that this script is executed after the I script of the new package, because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." -msgstr "B<5.> Je¶li inna wersja tego samego pakietu by³a poprzednio zainstalowana, uruchomienie skryptu I starego pakietu. Proszê zauwa¿yæ, ¿e ten skrypt jest uruchamiany po skrypcie I nowego pakietu, poniewa¿ nowe pliki s± zapisywane w tym samym czasie, gdy stare s± kasowane." +msgid "" +"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " +"installation, execute the I script of the old package. Note that " +"this script is executed after the I script of the new package, " +"because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." +msgstr "" +"B<5.> Je¶li inna wersja tego samego pakietu by³a poprzednio zainstalowana, " +"uruchomienie skryptu I starego pakietu. Proszê zauwa¿yæ, ¿e ten " +"skrypt jest uruchamiany po skrypcie I nowego pakietu, poniewa¿ nowe " +"pliki s± zapisywane w tym samym czasie, gdy stare s± kasowane." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:124 -msgid "B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information about how this is done." -msgstr "B<6.> Konfiguracja pakietu. Bardziej szczegó³owe informacje zawarto przy opisie parametru B<--configure>." +msgid "" +"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " +"about how this is done." +msgstr "" +"B<6.> Konfiguracja pakietu. Bardziej szczegó³owe informacje zawarto przy " +"opisie parametru B<--configure>." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:124 @@ -1691,8 +1774,12 @@ msgstr "BI ..." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:129 -msgid "Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, I must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "Rozpakowanie pakietu, ale nie konfigurowanie go. Je¶li zosta³a u¿yta opcja B<--recursive> lub B<-R>, I musi oznaczaæ wybrany katalog." +msgid "" +"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " +"option is specified, I must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"Rozpakowanie pakietu, ale nie konfigurowanie go. Je¶li zosta³a u¿yta opcja " +"B<--recursive> lub B<-R>, I musi oznaczaæ wybrany katalog." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:129 @@ -1703,8 +1790,13 @@ msgstr "BI ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:134 -msgid "Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of I, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured." -msgstr "Ponowne konfigurowanie rozpakowanego pakietu. Je¶li zamiast nazwy I zosta³a podana opcja B<-a> lub B<--pending>, rekonfiguracja obejmie wszystkie rozpakowane ale nie skonfigurowane pakiety." +msgid "" +"Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead " +"of I, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are configured." +msgstr "" +"Ponowne konfigurowanie rozpakowanego pakietu. Je¶li zamiast nazwy I " +"zosta³a podana opcja B<-a> lub B<--pending>, rekonfiguracja obejmie " +"wszystkie rozpakowane ale nie skonfigurowane pakiety." # type: Plain text # @@ -1715,8 +1807,12 @@ msgstr "Konfigurowanie sk # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:141 -msgid "B<1.> Unpack the configuration files, and at the same time back up the old configuration files, so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." -msgstr "B<1.> Rozpakowanie nowych plików konfiguracyjnych, ale przechowanie starych na wypadek, gdyby konfigurowanie siê nie powiod³o i trzeba by je odzyskaæ." +msgid "" +"B<1.> Unpack the configuration files, and at the same time back up the old " +"configuration files, so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." +msgstr "" +"B<1.> Rozpakowanie nowych plików konfiguracyjnych, ale przechowanie starych " +"na wypadek, gdyby konfigurowanie siê nie powiod³o i trzeba by je odzyskaæ." # type: Plain text # @@ -1733,8 +1829,24 @@ msgstr "B | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B< --purge >I ... | B<-a> | B # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:155 -msgid "Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the I control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or purged in file I, are removed or purged, respectively." -msgstr "Usuwanie zainstalowanych pakietów. Parametr B<-r> lub B<--remove> powoduje usuniêcie wszystkich plików oprócz plików konfiguracyjnych. Pozwala to unikn±æ powtórnej konfiguracji, gdyby pakiet by³ znów instalowany pó¼niej. (Pliki konfiguracyjne s± wymienione w pliku kontrolnym I pakietu). Parametr B<-P> lub B<--purge> usuwa wszystko, ³±cznie z plikami konfiguracyjnymi. Je¶li zamiast nazwy pakietu zosta³a podana opcja B<-a> lub B<--pending>, usuniête lub wyczyszczone zostan± wszystkie pakiety rozpakowane i wybrane w pliku I jako przeznaczone do usuniêcia lub wyczyszczenia." +msgid "" +"Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except " +"configuration files. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it " +"is reinstalled later. (Configuration files are the files listed in the " +"I control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, " +"including configuration files. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of " +"a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or " +"purged in file I, are removed or purged, respectively." +msgstr "" +"Usuwanie zainstalowanych pakietów. Parametr B<-r> lub B<--remove> powoduje " +"usuniêcie wszystkich plików oprócz plików konfiguracyjnych. Pozwala to " +"unikn±æ powtórnej konfiguracji, gdyby pakiet by³ znów instalowany pó¼niej. " +"(Pliki konfiguracyjne s± wymienione w pliku kontrolnym I " +"pakietu). Parametr B<-P> lub B<--purge> usuwa wszystko, ³±cznie z plikami " +"konfiguracyjnymi. Je¶li zamiast nazwy pakietu zosta³a podana opcja B<-a> lub " +"B<--pending>, usuniête lub wyczyszczone zostan± wszystkie pakiety " +"rozpakowane i wybrane w pliku I jako przeznaczone do " +"usuniêcia lub wyczyszczenia." # type: Plain text # @@ -1769,14 +1881,31 @@ msgstr "B | B<--merge-avail> I's and B's idea of which packages are available. With action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from I. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced with the information in the I. The I distributed with Debian is simply named I. B keeps its record of available packages in I." -msgstr "Zaktualizowanie bazy danych programu B oraz B o dostêpnych pakietach. Opcja B<--merge-avail> powoduje, ¿e poprzednie informacje s± ³±czone z nowymi z I. Opcja B<--update-avail> powoduje zast±pienie starych informacji nowymi z I. I dystrybuowany razem z systemem Debian nazywa siê po prostu I. B przechowuje informacje o dostêpnych pakietach w pliku I." +msgid "" +"Update B's and B's idea of which packages are available. With " +"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " +"I. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " +"with the information in the I. The I " +"distributed with Debian is simply named I. B keeps its " +"record of available packages in I." +msgstr "" +"Zaktualizowanie bazy danych programu B oraz B o dostêpnych " +"pakietach. Opcja B<--merge-avail> powoduje, ¿e poprzednie informacje s± " +"³±czone z nowymi z I. Opcja B<--update-avail> powoduje " +"zast±pienie starych informacji nowymi z I. I " +"dystrybuowany razem z systemem Debian nazywa siê po prostu I. " +"B przechowuje informacje o dostêpnych pakietach w pliku I." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:179 -msgid "A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I file is B." -msgstr "Szybsz± opcj± zaktualizowania pliku I jest uruchomienie polecania B." +msgid "" +"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I file is " +"B." +msgstr "" +"Szybsz± opcj± zaktualizowania pliku I jest uruchomienie polecania " +"B." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:179 @@ -1787,8 +1916,15 @@ msgstr "B | B<--record-avail> I ..." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:185 -msgid "Update B and B's idea of which packages are available with information from the package I. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, I must refer to a directory instead." -msgstr "Zaktualizowanie bazy danych programu B oraz B o dostêpnych pakietach, uwzglêdniaj±c informacje zawarte w pakiecie I. Je¶li zosta³a u¿yta opcja B<--recursive> lub B<-R>, I musi oznaczaæ wybrany katalog." +msgid "" +"Update B and B's idea of which packages are available with " +"information from the package I. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " +"option is specified, I must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" +"Zaktualizowanie bazy danych programu B oraz B o dostêpnych " +"pakietach, uwzglêdniaj±c informacje zawarte w pakiecie I. " +"Je¶li zosta³a u¿yta opcja B<--recursive> lub B<-R>, I musi " +"oznaczaæ wybrany katalog." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:185 @@ -1800,7 +1936,9 @@ msgstr "B" # #: ../dpkg.1:188 msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages." -msgstr "Skasowanie informacji o wszystkich niezainstalowanych i niedostêpnych pakietach." +msgstr "" +"Skasowanie informacji o wszystkich niezainstalowanych i niedostêpnych " +"pakietach." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:188 @@ -1823,8 +1961,12 @@ msgstr "B | B<--audit>" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:196 -msgid "Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your system. B will suggest what to do with them to get them working." -msgstr "Wyszukanie pakietów, które zainstalowane s± w systemie tylko czê¶ciowo. B zasugeruje, co mo¿na zrobiæ z tymi pakietami, aby w pe³ni dzia³a³y." +msgid "" +"Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your " +"system. B will suggest what to do with them to get them working." +msgstr "" +"Wyszukanie pakietów, które zainstalowane s± w systemie tylko czê¶ciowo. " +"B zasugeruje, co mo¿na zrobiæ z tymi pakietami, aby w pe³ni dzia³a³y." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:196 @@ -1835,8 +1977,13 @@ msgstr "B [I...]" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:200 -msgid "Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, packages marked with state purge will not be shown." -msgstr "Pobranie listy wybranych pakietów i wyrzucenie jej na stdout. Je¿eli nie podano wzorca, to nie zostan± wy¶wietlone pakiety, które s± w stanie do-wyczyszczenia (purge). " +msgid "" +"Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " +"packages marked with state purge will not be shown." +msgstr "" +"Pobranie listy wybranych pakietów i wyrzucenie jej na stdout. Je¿eli nie " +"podano wzorca, to nie zostan± wy¶wietlone pakiety, które s± w stanie do-" +"wyczyszczenia (purge). " # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:200 @@ -1846,8 +1993,17 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg.1:206 -msgid "Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in the format 'EpackageE EstateE', where state is one of install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning with '#' are also permitted." -msgstr "Ustawia wybór pakietów u¿ywaj±c pliku przeczytanego ze standardowego wej¶cia. Plik ten powinien byæ w nastêpuj±cym formacie 'EpakietE EstanE', gdzie stan jest jednym z install, hold, deinstall lub purge. Dozwolone s± tak¿e linie puste i linie komentarza - zaczynaj±ce siê od '#'." +msgid "" +"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " +"the format 'EpackageE EstateE', where state is one of " +"install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines beginning " +"with '#' are also permitted." +msgstr "" +"Ustawia wybór pakietów u¿ywaj±c pliku przeczytanego ze standardowego " +"wej¶cia. Plik ten powinien byæ w nastêpuj±cym formacie 'EpakietE " +"EstanE', gdzie stan jest jednym z install, hold, deinstall lub " +"purge. Dozwolone s± tak¿e linie puste i linie komentarza - zaczynaj±ce siê " +"od '#'." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:206 @@ -1857,8 +2013,15 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg.1:211 -msgid "Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. This is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any packages not in list given to --set-selections." -msgstr "Oznacza wszystkie pakiety nie bêd±ce pakietami niezbêdnymi (essential) jako przeznaczone do usuniêcia. Opcja ta powinna byæ u¿yta bezpo¶rednio przed --set-selections, aby usun±æ wszystkie pakiety nie wymienione w --set-selections." +msgid "" +"Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. This " +"is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any " +"packages not in list given to --set-selections." +msgstr "" +"Oznacza wszystkie pakiety nie bêd±ce pakietami niezbêdnymi (essential) jako " +"przeznaczone do usuniêcia. Opcja ta powinna byæ u¿yta bezpo¶rednio przed --" +"set-selections, aby usun±æ wszystkie pakiety nie wymienione w --set-" +"selections." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:211 @@ -1869,8 +2032,12 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:215 -msgid "Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason still haven't been installed." -msgstr "Wyszukanie pakietów przeznaczonych do zainstalowania, które z pewnych powodów nie mog³y zostaæ zainstalowane." +msgid "" +"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " +"still haven't been installed." +msgstr "" +"Wyszukanie pakietów przeznaczonych do zainstalowania, które z pewnych " +"powodów nie mog³y zostaæ zainstalowane." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:216 @@ -1881,8 +2048,11 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:219 -msgid "Print architecture of packages B installs (for example, \"i386\")." -msgstr "Podanie architektury pakietów instalowanych przez B (na przyk³ad \"i386\")." +msgid "" +"Print architecture of packages B installs (for example, \"i386\")." +msgstr "" +"Podanie architektury pakietów instalowanych przez B (na przyk³ad \"i386" +"\")." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:219 @@ -1893,8 +2063,25 @@ msgstr "BI" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:230 -msgid "Compare version numbers, where I is a binary operator. B returns success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure (nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ in how they treat an empty I or I. These treat an empty version as earlier than any version: B. These treat an empty version as later than any version: B. These are provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B EE E= = E= EE E>." -msgstr "Porównanie numerów wersji, gdzie I jest operatorem binarnym. B zwróci prawdê (rezultat zerowy), gdy warunek zostanie spe³niony, lub zwróci fa³sz (rezultat niezerowy) - w przeciwnym razie. Istniej± dwie grupy operatorów, w zale¿no¶ci od tego, w jaki sposób traktuje siê pusty numer I lub I. Operatory, dla których pusty numer wersji oznacza wersjê wcze¶niejsz± ni¿ dowolna: B. Operatory, dla których pusty numer wersji oznacza wersjê pó¼niejsz± ni¿ dowolna: B. Operatory istniej±ce, aby zachowaæ kompatybilno¶æ z plikiem kontrolnym: B EE E= = E= EE E>." +msgid "" +"Compare version numbers, where I is a binary operator. B returns " +"success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure " +"(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ " +"in how they treat an empty I or I. These treat an empty version " +"as earlier than any version: B. These treat an empty " +"version as later than any version: B. These are " +"provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B EE " +"E= = E= EE E>." +msgstr "" +"Porównanie numerów wersji, gdzie I jest operatorem binarnym. B " +"zwróci prawdê (rezultat zerowy), gdy warunek zostanie spe³niony, lub zwróci " +"fa³sz (rezultat niezerowy) - w przeciwnym razie. Istniej± dwie grupy " +"operatorów, w zale¿no¶ci od tego, w jaki sposób traktuje siê pusty numer " +"I lub I. Operatory, dla których pusty numer wersji oznacza " +"wersjê wcze¶niejsz± ni¿ dowolna: B. Operatory, dla " +"których pusty numer wersji oznacza wersjê pó¼niejsz± ni¿ dowolna: B. Operatory istniej±ce, aby zachowaæ kompatybilno¶æ z plikiem " +"kontrolnym: B EE E= = E= EE E>." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:230 @@ -1905,8 +2092,15 @@ msgstr "BnE>" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:235 -msgid "Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor BnE>. Note: additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run." -msgstr "Wykonuje listê poleceñ odczytywanych z deskryptora pliku BnE>. Uwaga: dodatkowe opcje ustawione w linii komend oraz przez polecenia odczytane z tego deskryptora pliku nie s± czyszczone dla kolejnych poleceñ wykonywanych podczas tego samego przebiegu." +msgid "" +"Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor BnE>. Note: " +"additional options set on the command line, and thru this file descriptor, " +"are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run." +msgstr "" +"Wykonuje listê poleceñ odczytywanych z deskryptora pliku BnE>. " +"Uwaga: dodatkowe opcje ustawione w linii komend oraz przez polecenia " +"odczytane z tego deskryptora pliku nie s± czyszczone dla kolejnych poleceñ " +"wykonywanych podczas tego samego przebiegu." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:235 @@ -1978,7 +2172,8 @@ msgstr "B" # #: ../dpkg.1:253 msgid "See B(1) for more information about the following actions." -msgstr "Zajrzyj do B(1), aby poznaæ pe³ny opis nastêpuj±cych dzia³añ." +msgstr "" +"Zajrzyj do B(1), aby poznaæ pe³ny opis nastêpuj±cych dzia³añ." # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg.1:273 @@ -2030,7 +2225,9 @@ msgstr "B" # #: ../dpkg.1:278 msgid "See B(1) for more information about the following actions." -msgstr "Proszê przeczytaæ B(8), aby uzyskaæ szczegó³owe informacje o nastêpuj±cych dzia³aniach." +msgstr "" +"Proszê przeczytaæ B(8), aby uzyskaæ szczegó³owe informacje o " +"nastêpuj±cych dzia³aniach." # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg.1:291 @@ -2062,8 +2259,16 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:298 -msgid "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B configuration file I. Each line in the configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." -msgstr "Wszystkie opcje mog± byæ podane zarówno w linii poleceñ, jak i w pliku konfiguracyjnym I programu B. Ka¿da linia tego pliku jest albo opcj± (dok³adnie tak± sam± jak opcja linii poleceñ, ale bez pocz±tkowych my¶lników), albo komentarzem (je¿eli zaczyna siê od B<#>)." +msgid "" +"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B " +"configuration file I. Each line in the configuration " +"file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but " +"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" +"Wszystkie opcje mog± byæ podane zarówno w linii poleceñ, jak i w pliku " +"konfiguracyjnym I programu B. Ka¿da linia tego " +"pliku jest albo opcj± (dok³adnie tak± sam± jak opcja linii poleceñ, ale bez " +"pocz±tkowych my¶lników), albo komentarzem (je¿eli zaczyna siê od B<#>)." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:299 @@ -2075,7 +2280,9 @@ msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I" # #: ../dpkg.1:302 msgid "Change after how many errors B will abort. The default is 50." -msgstr "Zmiana liczby b³êdów, po których B zaprzestanie dzia³ania. Domy¶lna warto¶æ to 50." +msgstr "" +"Zmiana liczby b³êdów, po których B zaprzestanie dzia³ania. Domy¶lna " +"warto¶æ to 50." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:302 @@ -2086,9 +2293,16 @@ msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:308 -msgid "When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed package." -msgstr "Gdy pakiet jest usuwany, mo¿liwa jest sytuacja, ¿e kolejny zainstalowany pakiet jest zale¿ny od tego usuwanego. Podanie tej opcji spowoduje automatyczne dekonfigurowanie pakietów, które s± zale¿ne od usuwanego." - +msgid "" +"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " +"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " +"automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " +"package." +msgstr "" +"Gdy pakiet jest usuwany, mo¿liwa jest sytuacja, ¿e kolejny zainstalowany " +"pakiet jest zale¿ny od tego usuwanego. Podanie tej opcji spowoduje " +"automatyczne dekonfigurowanie pakietów, które s± zale¿ne od usuwanego." + # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:308 #, no-wrap @@ -2098,8 +2312,15 @@ msgstr "B<-D>IB< | --debug=>I" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:314 -msgid "Switch debugging on. I is formed by bitwise-orring desired values together from the list below (note that these values may change in future releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." -msgstr "W³±czenie trybu debuggera. I jest liczb± ósemkow± bêd±c± sum± logiczn± bitów opcji debuggera z poni¿szej listy (te warto¶ci mog± siê zmieniæ w przysz³o¶ci). Parametr B<-Dh> lub B<--debug=help> wy¶wietla te warto¶ci." +msgid "" +"Switch debugging on. I is formed by bitwise-orring desired values " +"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " +"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." +msgstr "" +"W³±czenie trybu debuggera. I jest liczb± ósemkow± bêd±c± sum± " +"logiczn± bitów opcji debuggera z poni¿szej listy (te warto¶ci mog± siê " +"zmieniæ w przysz³o¶ci). Parametr B<-Dh> lub B<--debug=help> wy¶wietla te " +"warto¶ci." # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg.1:326 @@ -2138,14 +2359,28 @@ msgstr "B<--force->I and B mean the same thing) to do some things. I is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are forced by default." -msgstr "Wymu¶ (B<--force->) wykonanie pewnych dzia³añ lub pozostaw domy¶lny sposób (B i B oznaczaj± to samo) wykonania dzia³añ. I to rozdzielona przecinkami lista dzia³añ. B<--force-help> wy¶wietla opis tych dzia³añ. Dzia³ania oznaczone przez (*) s± domy¶lnie wymuszone." +msgid "" +"Force or refuse (B and B mean the same thing) to do some " +"things. I is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--" +"force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are " +"forced by default." +msgstr "" +"Wymu¶ (B<--force->) wykonanie pewnych dzia³añ lub pozostaw domy¶lny sposób " +"(B i B oznaczaj± to samo) wykonania dzia³añ. I " +"to rozdzielona przecinkami lista dzia³añ. B<--force-help> wy¶wietla opis " +"tych dzia³añ. Dzia³ania oznaczone przez (*) s± domy¶lnie wymuszone." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:337 -msgid "I" -msgstr "I" +msgid "" +"I" +msgstr "" +"I" # type: Plain text # @@ -2156,98 +2391,172 @@ msgstr "B: W # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:343 -msgid "B(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already installed." -msgstr "B(*): Zainstalowanie pakietu, nawet gdy nowsza jego wersja jest ju¿ zainstalowana." +msgid "" +"B(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"B(*): Zainstalowanie pakietu, nawet gdy nowsza jego wersja jest " +"ju¿ zainstalowana." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:350 -msgid "I" -msgstr "I" +msgid "" +"I" +msgstr "" +"I" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:354 -msgid "B: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on which the current package depends." -msgstr "B: Skonfigurowanie wszystkich rozpakowanych ale nie skonfigurowanych pakietów, od których jest zale¿ny bie¿±cy pakiet." +msgid "" +"B: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " +"which the current package depends." +msgstr "" +"B: Skonfigurowanie wszystkich rozpakowanych ale nie " +"skonfigurowanych pakietów, od których jest zale¿ny bie¿±cy pakiet." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:357 msgid "B: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"." -msgstr "B: Dzia³anie obejmie tak¿e pakiety oznaczone jako \"wstrzymane\" (hold)." +msgstr "" +"B: Dzia³anie obejmie tak¿e pakiety oznaczone jako \"wstrzymane" +"\" (hold)." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:362 -msgid "B: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B." -msgstr "B: Usuniêcie pakietu, nawet wtedy gdy jest uszkodzony i wymaga przeinstalowania. Mo¿e to spowodowaæ pozostawienie czê¶ci pakietu w systemie, gdy¿ B zapomni o niej." +msgid "" +"B: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " +"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " +"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B." +msgstr "" +"B: Usuniêcie pakietu, nawet wtedy gdy jest uszkodzony i " +"wymaga przeinstalowania. Mo¿e to spowodowaæ pozostawienie czê¶ci pakietu w " +"systemie, gdy¿ B zapomni o niej." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:367 -msgid "B: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution." -msgstr "B: Usuniêcie pakietu, nawet wtedy gdy jest on uznany za niezbêdny (essential). Pakiety niezbêdne zawieraj± podstawowe polecenia Uniksa. Usuniêcie ich mo¿e spowodowaæ, ¿e system przestanie dzia³aæ. Nale¿y zachowaæ szczególn± ostro¿no¶æ przy u¿yciu tej opcji." +msgid "" +"B: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. " +"Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them " +"might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution." +msgstr "" +"B: Usuniêcie pakietu, nawet wtedy gdy jest on uznany za " +"niezbêdny (essential). Pakiety niezbêdne zawieraj± podstawowe polecenia " +"Uniksa. Usuniêcie ich mo¿e spowodowaæ, ¿e system przestanie dzia³aæ. Nale¿y " +"zachowaæ szczególn± ostro¿no¶æ przy u¿yciu tej opcji." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:370 msgid "B: Turn all dependency problems into warnings." -msgstr "B: Zamiana wszystkich problemów z zale¿no¶ciami na ostrze¿enia." +msgstr "" +"B: Zamiana wszystkich problemów z zale¿no¶ciami na ostrze¿enia." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:373 -msgid "B: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." -msgstr "B: Zignorowanie problemów z numerami wersji przy sprawdzaniu zale¿no¶ci." +msgid "" +"B: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." +msgstr "" +"B: Zignorowanie problemów z numerami wersji przy " +"sprawdzaniu zale¿no¶ci." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:377 -msgid "B: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." -msgstr "B: Instalacja, nawet gdy pakiet powoduje konflikt z innym. Powstaæ mo¿e niebezpieczeñstwo nadpisania plików z innego pakietu, dlatego nale¿y zachowaæ ostro¿no¶æ przy u¿yciu tej opcji." +msgid "" +"B: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " +"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." +msgstr "" +"B: Instalacja, nawet gdy pakiet powoduje konflikt z innym. " +"Powstaæ mo¿e niebezpieczeñstwo nadpisania plików z innego pakietu, dlatego " +"nale¿y zachowaæ ostro¿no¶æ przy u¿yciu tej opcji." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:382 -msgid "B: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file." -msgstr "B: Zawsze bêd± instalowane brakuj±ce pliki konfiguracyjne. U¿ywanie tej opcji mo¿e byæ niebezpieczne, poniewa¿ nie zachowuje to zmiany dokonanej na pliku (czyli jego usuniêcia)." +msgid "" +"B: Always install a missing configuration file. This is dangerous, " +"since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file." +msgstr "" +"B: Zawsze bêd± instalowane brakuj±ce pliki konfiguracyjne. " +"U¿ywanie tej opcji mo¿e byæ niebezpieczne, poniewa¿ nie zachowuje to zmiany " +"dokonanej na pliku (czyli jego usuniêcia)." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:387 -msgid "B: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which case the default action is preferred." -msgstr "B: Je¶li plik konfiguracyjny zosta³ zmodyfikowany, zainstalowana zostanie jego nowa wersja bez pytania, chyba ¿e u¿yto równie¿ opcji B<--force-confdef>, co spowoduje wykonanie domy¶lnej akcji." +msgid "" +"B: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version " +"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " +"case the default action is preferred." +msgstr "" +"B: Je¶li plik konfiguracyjny zosta³ zmodyfikowany, zainstalowana " +"zostanie jego nowa wersja bez pytania, chyba ¿e u¿yto równie¿ opcji B<--" +"force-confdef>, co spowoduje wykonanie domy¶lnej akcji." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:392 -msgid "B: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which case the default action is preferred." -msgstr "B: Je¶li plik konfiguracyjny zosta³ zmodyfikowany, stara wersja zostanie zachowana bez pytania, chyba ¿e u¿yto równie¿ opcji B<--force-confdef>, co spowoduje wykonanie domy¶lnej akcji." +msgid "" +"B: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version " +"without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " +"case the default action is preferred." +msgstr "" +"B: Je¶li plik konfiguracyjny zosta³ zmodyfikowany, stara wersja " +"zostanie zachowana bez pytania, chyba ¿e u¿yto równie¿ opcji B<--force-" +"confdef>, co spowoduje wykonanie domy¶lnej akcji." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:398 -msgid "B: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case it will use that to decide the final action." -msgstr "B: Je¶li plik konfiguracyjny zosta³ zmodyfikowany, wybrane zostanie domy¶lne dzia³anie. Je¿eli nie okre¶lono domy¶lnej akcji, u¿ytkownik zostanie poproszony o dokonanie wyboru. Podanie dodatkowo opcji B<--force-confnew> lub B<--force-confold> zdecyduje o dalszym dzia³aniu." +msgid "" +"B: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default " +"action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless " +"B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case " +"it will use that to decide the final action." +msgstr "" +"B: Je¶li plik konfiguracyjny zosta³ zmodyfikowany, wybrane zostanie " +"domy¶lne dzia³anie. Je¿eli nie okre¶lono domy¶lnej akcji, u¿ytkownik " +"zostanie poproszony o dokonanie wyboru. Podanie dodatkowo opcji B<--force-" +"confnew> lub B<--force-confold> zdecyduje o dalszym dzia³aniu." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:401 msgid "B: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." -msgstr "B: Nadpisanie plików z innych pakietów, w przypadku gdy dany plik wystêpuje tak¿e w innym pakiecie." +msgstr "" +"B: Nadpisanie plików z innych pakietów, w przypadku gdy dany plik " +"wystêpuje tak¿e w innym pakiecie." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:404 msgid "B Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." -msgstr "B Nadpisanie katalogów z innych pakietów, w przypadku gdy dany katalog wystêpuje tak¿e w innym pakiecie." +msgstr "" +"B Nadpisanie katalogów z innych pakietów, w przypadku gdy " +"dany katalog wystêpuje tak¿e w innym pakiecie." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:407 -msgid "B: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." -msgstr "B: Nadpisanie plików ominiêtych plikami nieominiêtymi." +msgid "" +"B: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." +msgstr "" +"B: Nadpisanie plików ominiêtych plikami nieominiêtymi." # type: Plain text # @@ -2258,20 +2567,27 @@ msgstr "B: Dzia # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:413 -msgid "B: B is missing important programs, so problems are likely." -msgstr "B: Zignorowanie braku pewnych programów w ¶cie¿ce zmiennej systemowej B." +msgid "" +"B: B is missing important programs, so problems are likely." +msgstr "" +"B: Zignorowanie braku pewnych programów w ¶cie¿ce zmiennej " +"systemowej B." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:416 msgid "B: Try to (de)install things even when not root." -msgstr "B: Próba (de)instalacji, gdy dpkg nie jest uruchamiany z konta root." +msgstr "" +"B: Próba (de)instalacji, gdy dpkg nie jest uruchamiany z konta " +"root." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:419 msgid "B: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." -msgstr "B: Instalowanie pakietu, nawet je¿eli nie powiedzie siê sprawdzenie jego autentyczno¶ci." +msgstr "" +"B: Instalowanie pakietu, nawet je¿eli nie powiedzie siê " +"sprawdzenie jego autentyczno¶ci." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:420 @@ -2282,8 +2598,13 @@ msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I,..." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:424 -msgid "Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." -msgstr "Zignorowanie sprawdzania zale¿no¶ci od podanych pakietów (a ¶ci¶lej rzecz bior±c, sprawdzanie siê odbywa, ale w przypadku konfliktów wy¶wietlane jest tylko ostrze¿enie)." +msgid "" +"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " +"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." +msgstr "" +"Zignorowanie sprawdzania zale¿no¶ci od podanych pakietów (a ¶ci¶lej rzecz " +"bior±c, sprawdzanie siê odbywa, ale w przypadku konfliktów wy¶wietlane jest " +"tylko ostrze¿enie)." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:424 @@ -2294,12 +2615,14 @@ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:428 -msgid "Select new or old binary package format. This is a B(1) option." -msgstr "Wybór pomiêdzy nowym i starym formatem binarnym pakietu. Ta opcja jest przes³ana do B(1)." +msgid "" +"Select new or old binary package format. This is a B(1) option." +msgstr "" +"Wybór pomiêdzy nowym i starym formatem binarnym pakietu. Ta opcja jest " +"przes³ana do B(1)." # type: TP -#: ../dpkg.1:428 -#: ../dpkg-deb.1:211 +#: ../dpkg.1:428 ../dpkg-deb.1:211 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--nocheck>" msgstr "B<--nocheck>" @@ -2307,8 +2630,12 @@ msgstr "B<--nocheck>" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:432 -msgid "Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This is a B(1) option." -msgstr "Brak sprawdzania zawarto¶ci pliku kontrolnego podczas budowania pakietu. Ta opcja jest przes³ana do B(1)." +msgid "" +"Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. This " +"is a B(1) option." +msgstr "" +"Brak sprawdzania zawarto¶ci pliku kontrolnego podczas budowania pakietu. Ta " +"opcja jest przes³ana do B(1)." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:432 @@ -2319,14 +2646,29 @@ msgstr "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:437 -msgid "Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without actually modifying anything." -msgstr "Podejmowane dzia³ania nie powoduj± ¿adnych zmian. Ta opcja jest u¿yteczna, gdy potrzeba sprawdziæ, czy dzia³anie siê wykona, ale bez powodowania zmian czegokolwiek." +msgid "" +"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. " +"This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without " +"actually modifying anything." +msgstr "" +"Podejmowane dzia³ania nie powoduj± ¿adnych zmian. Ta opcja jest u¿yteczna, " +"gdy potrzeba sprawdziæ, czy dzia³anie siê wykona, ale bez powodowania zmian " +"czegokolwiek." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:442 -msgid "Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up with undesirable results. (e.g. B will first purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you probably expected it to actually do nothing)" -msgstr "Opcjê B<--no-act> nale¿y podaæ jako pierwszy parametr, gdy¿ w przeciwnym razie mo¿na otrzymaæ niespodziewane efekty. (np. B wyczy¶ci pakiet foo, a nastêpnie spróbuje wyczy¶ciæ pakiet o nazwie --no-act, mimo ¿e najprawdopodobniej spodziewa³e¶ siê, ¿e takie polecenie nic nie zrobi)." +msgid "" +"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " +"with undesirable results. (e.g. B will first " +"purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " +"probably expected it to actually do nothing)" +msgstr "" +"Opcjê B<--no-act> nale¿y podaæ jako pierwszy parametr, gdy¿ w przeciwnym " +"razie mo¿na otrzymaæ niespodziewane efekty. (np. B wyczy¶ci pakiet foo, a nastêpnie spróbuje wyczy¶ciæ pakiet o nazwie --" +"no-act, mimo ¿e najprawdopodobniej spodziewa³e¶ siê, ¿e takie polecenie nic " +"nie zrobi)." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:442 @@ -2337,8 +2679,14 @@ msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:448 -msgid "Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions." -msgstr "Dzia³anie obejmie wszystkie pliki B<*.deb> z podanego katalogu, wraz z podkatalogami tego katalogu. Ta opcja mo¿e zostaæ u¿yta wraz z B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> oraz B<--avail>." +msgid "" +"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " +"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " +"B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions." +msgstr "" +"Dzia³anie obejmie wszystkie pliki B<*.deb> z podanego katalogu, wraz z " +"podkatalogami tego katalogu. Ta opcja mo¿e zostaæ u¿yta wraz z B<-i>, B<-A>, " +"B<--install>, B<--unpack> oraz B<--avail>." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:448 @@ -2349,8 +2697,12 @@ msgstr "B<-G>" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:452 -msgid "Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." -msgstr "Nieinstalowanie pakietu, je¶li jego nowsza wersja jest ju¿ zainstalowana. Jest to dok³adnie to samo, co B<--refuse-downgrade>." +msgid "" +"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " +"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." +msgstr "" +"Nieinstalowanie pakietu, je¶li jego nowsza wersja jest ju¿ zainstalowana. " +"Jest to dok³adnie to samo, co B<--refuse-downgrade>." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:452 @@ -2361,8 +2713,25 @@ msgstr "B<--root=>I | B<--admindir=>I | B<--instdir=>I defaults to I and contains many files that give information about status of installed or uninstalled packages, etc. B defaults to I and refers to the directory where packages are to be installed. B is also the directory passed to B(2) before running package's installation scripts, which means that the scripts see B as a root directory. Changing B changes B to I and B to IB." -msgstr "Zmiana domy¶lnych katalogów. B to domy¶lnie I, gdzie przechowywane s± informacje o stanie zainstalowanych i niezainstalowanych pakietów, itp. B to domy¶lnie I i oznacza katalog, w którym zostan± zainstalowane pliki. B oznacza równie¿ katalog, na którym zostanie wykonane polecenie B(2) przed wykonaniem skryptów kontrolnych pakietu. Oznacza to, ¿e skrypty bêd± uwa¿aæ katalog B za swój katalog g³ówny. Zmiana katalogu B na I spowoduje zmianê katalogu B na I, a katalogu B na IB." +msgid "" +"Change default directories. B defaults to I and " +"contains many files that give information about status of installed or " +"uninstalled packages, etc. B defaults to I and refers to the " +"directory where packages are to be installed. B is also the " +"directory passed to B(2) before running package's installation " +"scripts, which means that the scripts see B as a root directory. " +"Changing B changes B to I and B to IB." +msgstr "" +"Zmiana domy¶lnych katalogów. B to domy¶lnie I, " +"gdzie przechowywane s± informacje o stanie zainstalowanych i " +"niezainstalowanych pakietów, itp. B to domy¶lnie I i oznacza " +"katalog, w którym zostan± zainstalowane pliki. B oznacza równie¿ " +"katalog, na którym zostanie wykonane polecenie B(2) przed wykonaniem " +"skryptów kontrolnych pakietu. Oznacza to, ¿e skrypty bêd± uwa¿aæ katalog " +"B za swój katalog g³ówny. Zmiana katalogu B na I " +"spowoduje zmianê katalogu B na I, a katalogu B " +"na IB." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:463 @@ -2373,8 +2742,16 @@ msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:469 -msgid "Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual marking is done with B or by B, when it handles packages. For example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for deinstallation." -msgstr "Dzia³anie obejmuje wy³±cznie pakiety wybrane do instalacji. Wybór mo¿e zostaæ dokonany przez polecenie B lub B, gdy wykonuje operacje na pakietach. Na przyk³ad pakiet usuwany jest zaznaczany jako wybrany do odinstalowania." +msgid "" +"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " +"marking is done with B or by B, when it handles packages. For " +"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " +"deinstallation." +msgstr "" +"Dzia³anie obejmuje wy³±cznie pakiety wybrane do instalacji. Wybór mo¿e " +"zostaæ dokonany przez polecenie B lub B, gdy wykonuje " +"operacje na pakietach. Na przyk³ad pakiet usuwany jest zaznaczany jako " +"wybrany do odinstalowania." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:469 @@ -2385,8 +2762,12 @@ msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:473 -msgid "Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already installed." -msgstr "Nieinstalowanie pakietu, je¶li o tej samej wersji jest ju¿ zainstalowany w systemie." +msgid "" +"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Nieinstalowanie pakietu, je¶li o tej samej wersji jest ju¿ zainstalowany w " +"systemie." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:473 @@ -2397,8 +2778,21 @@ msgstr "B<--status-fd >InE>" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:480 -msgid "Send package status info to file descriptor InE>. This can be given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: EpkgE: Epkg stateE'. Errors are reported as `status: EpkgE: error: extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as `status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited distedited'." -msgstr "Wysy³a do deskryptora pliku InE> informacje o stanie pakietów. Ta opcja mo¿e byæ podana wiele razy. Informacje przesy³ane s± w nastêpuj±cej postaci: `status: EpkgE: Epakiet statusE'. B³êdy s± raportowane jako `status: EpkgE: error: rozszerzony-komunikat-b³êdu'. Konflikty plików konfiguracyjnych s± raportowane jako `status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited distedited'" +msgid "" +"Send package status info to file descriptor InE>. This can be " +"given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: EpkgE: " +"Epkg stateE'. Errors are reported as `status: EpkgE: error: " +"extend-error-message'. Configuration file conflicts are reported as " +"`status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' " +"useredited distedited'." +msgstr "" +"Wysy³a do deskryptora pliku InE> informacje o stanie pakietów. Ta " +"opcja mo¿e byæ podana wiele razy. Informacje przesy³ane s± w nastêpuj±cej " +"postaci: `status: EpkgE: Epakiet statusE'. B³êdy s± " +"raportowane jako `status: EpkgE: error: rozszerzony-komunikat-" +"b³êdu'. Konflikty plików konfiguracyjnych s± raportowane jako `status: " +"conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited " +"distedited'" # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:480 @@ -2408,9 +2802,28 @@ msgstr "B<--log=>I" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg.1:492 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Log status change updates and actions to I, instead of the default I. If this option is given multiple times, the last filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status EstateE EpkgE Einstalled-versionE' for status change updates; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS EactionE EpkgE Einstalled-versionE Eavailable-versionE' for actions where IactionE> is one of install, upgrade, remove, purge; and `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile EfilenameE EdecisionE' for conffile changes where IdecisionE> is either install or keep." -msgstr "Zapisuje informacje o zmianach stanu i akcjach do pliku logu I, zamiast do domy¶lnego pliku I. Je¿eli tê opcjê podano kilka razy, brany jest pod uwagê plik podany w ostatniej opcji. Komunikaty logu s± w postaci`YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS EstatusE EpakietE Ewersja-zainstalowanaE' dla zmian stanu; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS EakcjaE EpakietE Ewersja-instalowanaE Ewersja-dostêpnaE' dla akcji, gdzie IakcjaE> jest jedn± z install (instalacja), upgrade (aktualizacja), remove (usuwanie), purge (czyszczenie) oraz `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile Enazwa-plikuE EdecyzjaE' dla zmian plików konfiguracyjnych, gdzie IdecyzjaE> to albo install (instalacja nowej wersji), albo keep (zachowanie poprzedniej wersji)." +msgid "" +"Log status change updates and actions to I, instead of the default " +"I. If this option is given multiple times, the last " +"filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " +"EstateE EpkgE Einstalled-versionE' for status change " +"updates; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS EactionE EpkgE Einstalled-" +"versionE Eavailable-versionE' for actions where " +"IactionE> is one of install, upgrade, remove, purge; and `YYYY-MM-" +"DD HH:MM:SS conffile EfilenameE EdecisionE' for conffile " +"changes where IdecisionE> is either install or keep." +msgstr "" +"Zapisuje informacje o zmianach stanu i akcjach do pliku logu I, " +"zamiast do domy¶lnego pliku I. Je¿eli tê opcjê podano " +"kilka razy, brany jest pod uwagê plik podany w ostatniej opcji. Komunikaty " +"logu s± w postaci`YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS EstatusE EpakietE " +"Ewersja-zainstalowanaE' dla zmian stanu; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS " +"EakcjaE EpakietE Ewersja-instalowanaE Ewersja-" +"dostêpnaE' dla akcji, gdzie IakcjaE> jest jedn± z install " +"(instalacja), upgrade (aktualizacja), remove (usuwanie), purge (czyszczenie) " +"oraz `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile Enazwa-plikuE EdecyzjaE' " +"dla zmian plików konfiguracyjnych, gdzie IdecyzjaE> to albo " +"install (instalacja nowej wersji), albo keep (zachowanie poprzedniej wersji)." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:492 @@ -2424,8 +2837,7 @@ msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." msgstr "Nie próbuje weryfikowaæ sygnatur pakietu." # type: TP -#: ../dpkg.1:497 -#: ../dpkg.cfg.5:14 +#: ../dpkg.1:497 ../dpkg.cfg.5:14 #, no-wrap msgid "I" msgstr "I" @@ -2450,8 +2862,12 @@ msgstr "Domy # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:507 -msgid "The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." -msgstr "Pozosta³e pliki wymienione poni¿ej odnosz± siê do swoich domy¶lnych katalogów. Opcja B<--admindir> mo¿e zmieniæ lokalizacjê tych plików." +msgid "" +"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " +"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." +msgstr "" +"Pozosta³e pliki wymienione poni¿ej odnosz± siê do swoich domy¶lnych " +"katalogów. Opcja B<--admindir> mo¿e zmieniæ lokalizacjê tych plików." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:507 @@ -2474,14 +2890,24 @@ msgstr "I" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:516 -msgid "Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, etc. See section B for more info." -msgstr "Stan dostêpnych pakietów. Ten plik zawiera informacje o tym, czy dany pakiet jest wybrany do skasowania, czy jest zainstalowany, itp. Te informacje s± opisane w sekcji B." +msgid "" +"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " +"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " +"etc. See section B for more info." +msgstr "" +"Stan dostêpnych pakietów. Ten plik zawiera informacje o tym, czy dany pakiet " +"jest wybrany do skasowania, czy jest zainstalowany, itp. Te informacje s± " +"opisane w sekcji B." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:519 -msgid "The following files are components of a binary package. See B(5) for more information about them:" -msgstr "Poni¿sze pliki s± czê¶ci± sk³adow± pakietów binarnych. Wiêcej informacji o nich mo¿na znale¼æ w B(5)." +msgid "" +"The following files are components of a binary package. See B(5) for " +"more information about them:" +msgstr "" +"Poni¿sze pliki s± czê¶ci± sk³adow± pakietów binarnych. Wiêcej informacji o " +"nich mo¿na znale¼æ w B(5)." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:519 @@ -2534,8 +2960,12 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:537 -msgid "Define this to something if you prefer B starting a new shell rather than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape." -msgstr "Zdefiniuj tê zmienn±, je¶li chcesz, aby B uruchomi³ now± sesjê pow³oki zamiast usuwaæ B w t³o, gdy potrzeba wykonaæ co¶ w pow³oce." +msgid "" +"Define this to something if you prefer B starting a new shell rather " +"than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape." +msgstr "" +"Zdefiniuj tê zmienn±, je¶li chcesz, aby B uruchomi³ now± sesjê pow³oki " +"zamiast usuwaæ B w t³o, gdy potrzeba wykonaæ co¶ w pow³oce." # type: TP #: ../dpkg.1:537 @@ -2547,11 +2977,11 @@ msgstr "B" # #: ../dpkg.1:540 msgid "The program B will execute when starting a new shell." -msgstr "Program uruchamiany przez B, gdy trzeba uruchomiæ now± sesjê pow³oki." +msgstr "" +"Program uruchamiany przez B, gdy trzeba uruchomiæ now± sesjê pow³oki." # type: TP -#: ../dpkg.1:540 -#: ../dpkg-query.1:144 +#: ../dpkg.1:540 ../dpkg-query.1:144 #, no-wrap msgid "B" msgstr "B" @@ -2559,15 +2989,16 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:544 -msgid "Sets the number of columns B should use when displaying formatted text. Currently only used by -l." -msgstr "Ustawia liczbê kolumn u¿ywanych przez B w czasie wy¶wietlania sformatowanego tekstu. Obecnie u¿ywane tylko przez opcjê -l." +msgid "" +"Sets the number of columns B should use when displaying formatted " +"text. Currently only used by -l." +msgstr "" +"Ustawia liczbê kolumn u¿ywanych przez B w czasie wy¶wietlania " +"sformatowanego tekstu. Obecnie u¿ywane tylko przez opcjê -l." # type: SH -#: ../dpkg.1:545 -#: ../dpkg-architecture.1:246 -#: ../dpkg-divert.8:87 -#: ../dpkg-name.1:66 -#: ../update-alternatives.8:356 +#: ../dpkg.1:545 ../dpkg-architecture.1:246 ../dpkg-divert.8:87 +#: ../dpkg-name.1:66 ../update-alternatives.8:356 #, no-wrap msgid "EXAMPLES" msgstr "PRZYK£ADY" @@ -2576,7 +3007,8 @@ msgstr "PRZYK # #: ../dpkg.1:547 msgid "To list packages related to the editor B(1):" -msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie wszystkich pakietów mog±cych byæ zwi±zanymi z edytorem B(1):" +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietlenie wszystkich pakietów mog±cych byæ zwi±zanymi z edytorem B(1):" # type: Plain text # @@ -2589,7 +3021,8 @@ msgstr " B\n" # #: ../dpkg.1:552 msgid "To see the entries in I of two packages:" -msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie informacji z pliku I o dwóch pakietach:" +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietlenie informacji z pliku I o dwóch pakietach:" # type: Plain text # @@ -2627,8 +3060,12 @@ msgstr " B\n" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:569 -msgid "To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The \"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":" -msgstr "Aby zainstalowaæ pakiet, nale¿y wpierw znale¼æ go w archiwum lub na CDROM. Plik \"available\" pokazuje, ¿e pakiet vim jest w sekcji \"editors\":" +msgid "" +"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " +"\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":" +msgstr "" +"Aby zainstalowaæ pakiet, nale¿y wpierw znale¼æ go w archiwum lub na CDROM. " +"Plik \"available\" pokazuje, ¿e pakiet vim jest w sekcji \"editors\":" # type: Plain text # @@ -2657,8 +3094,10 @@ msgstr " Bmojepakiety>\n" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:581 -msgid "You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:" -msgstr "Ten plik mo¿na przenie¶æ do innego systemu i zainstalowaæ te pakiety poprzez:" +msgid "" +"You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:" +msgstr "" +"Ten plik mo¿na przenie¶æ do innego systemu i zainstalowaæ te pakiety poprzez:" # type: Plain text # @@ -2674,14 +3113,27 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:590 -msgid "Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other application to actually download and install the requested packages. For example, run B and choose \"Install\"." -msgstr "Nale¿y zauwa¿yæ, ¿e ta opcja nie powoduje zainstalowania lub usuniêcia czegokolwiek, ale tylko zapisuje, ¿e pewne pakiety s± wybrane do zainstalowania b±d¼ usuniêcia. Do ¶ci±gniêcia i zainstalowania tych pakietów trzeba u¿yæ innego programu. Na przyk³ad mo¿na uruchomiæ B i wybraæ opcjê \"Install\"." +msgid "" +"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " +"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " +"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " +"example, run B and choose \"Install\"." +msgstr "" +"Nale¿y zauwa¿yæ, ¿e ta opcja nie powoduje zainstalowania lub usuniêcia " +"czegokolwiek, ale tylko zapisuje, ¿e pewne pakiety s± wybrane do " +"zainstalowania b±d¼ usuniêcia. Do ¶ci±gniêcia i zainstalowania tych pakietów " +"trzeba u¿yæ innego programu. Na przyk³ad mo¿na uruchomiæ B i wybraæ " +"opcjê \"Install\"." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:593 -msgid "Ordinarily, you will find that B(1) provides a more convenient way to modify the package selection states." -msgstr "Zwyczajowo do wyboru pakietów s³u¿y B(1), który daje wiêksze mo¿liwo¶ci zmiany ich stanu." +msgid "" +"Ordinarily, you will find that B(1) provides a more convenient way " +"to modify the package selection states." +msgstr "" +"Zwyczajowo do wyboru pakietów s³u¿y B(1), który daje wiêksze " +"mo¿liwo¶ci zmiany ich stanu." # type: SH #: ../dpkg.1:595 @@ -2692,14 +3144,22 @@ msgstr "DODATKOWA FUNKCJONALNO # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:598 -msgid "Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following packages: I, I and I." -msgstr "Dodatkow± funkcjonalno¶æ mo¿na uzyskaæ, instaluj±c którykolwiek z nastêpuj±cych pakietów: I, I oraz I." +msgid "" +"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " +"packages: I, I and I." +msgstr "" +"Dodatkow± funkcjonalno¶æ mo¿na uzyskaæ, instaluj±c którykolwiek z " +"nastêpuj±cych pakietów: I, I oraz I." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg.1:608 -msgid "B(1), B(1), B(1), B(5), B(5), B(5), and B(8)." -msgstr "B(1), B(1), B(1), B(5), B(5), B(5) oraz B(8)." +msgid "" +"B(1), B(1), B(1), B(5), B" +"(5), B(5), and B(8)." +msgstr "" +"B(1), B(1), B(1), B(5), B" +"(5), B(5) oraz B(8)." # type: Plain text # @@ -2708,16 +3168,10 @@ msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." msgstr "B<--no-act> podaje raczej zbyt ma³o pomocnych informacji." # type: SH -#: ../dpkg.1:612 -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:193 -#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:47 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:156 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:119 -#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:48 -#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:130 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:280 -#: ../dselect.1:449 -#: ../start-stop-daemon.8:242 +#: ../dpkg.1:612 ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:193 ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:47 +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:156 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:119 +#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:48 ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:130 ../dpkg-source.1:280 +#: ../dselect.1:449 ../start-stop-daemon.8:242 #, no-wrap msgid "AUTHORS" msgstr "AUTORZY" @@ -2740,7 +3194,8 @@ msgstr "dpkg-architecture" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:4 -msgid "dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building" +msgid "" +"dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building" msgstr "" # type: Plain text @@ -2751,28 +3206,34 @@ msgstr "B [I] [I]" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:14 -msgid "dpkg-architecture does provide a facility to determine and set the build and host architecture for package building." +msgid "" +"dpkg-architecture does provide a facility to determine and set the build and " +"host architecture for package building." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:17 -msgid "The build architecture is always determined by an external call to B(1), and can not be set at the command line." +msgid "" +"The build architecture is always determined by an external call to B" +"(1), and can not be set at the command line." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:26 -msgid "You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the options B<-a> and B<-t>. The default is determined by an external call to B(1), or the same as the build architecture if \\s-1CC\\s0 or gcc are both not available. One out of B<-a> and B<-t> is sufficient, the value of the other will be set to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to only specify one, because B will warn you if your choice does not match the default." +msgid "" +"You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the " +"options B<-a> and B<-t>. The default is determined by an external call to " +"B(1), or the same as the build architecture if \\s-1CC\\s0 or gcc are " +"both not available. One out of B<-a> and B<-t> is sufficient, the value of " +"the other will be set to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to " +"only specify one, because B will warn you if your choice " +"does not match the default." msgstr "" # type: SH -#: ../dpkg-architecture.1:27 -#: ../dpkg-deb.1:28 -#: ../dpkg-divert.8:24 -#: ../dpkg-query.1:13 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:20 -#: ../dpkg-split.1:32 -#: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:24 -#: ../start-stop-daemon.8:37 +#: ../dpkg-architecture.1:27 ../dpkg-deb.1:28 ../dpkg-divert.8:24 +#: ../dpkg-query.1:13 ../dpkg-source.1:20 ../dpkg-split.1:32 +#: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:24 ../start-stop-daemon.8:37 #: ../update-alternatives.8:203 #, no-wrap msgid "COMMANDS" @@ -2786,7 +3247,9 @@ msgstr "B<-l>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:32 -msgid "Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format I. This is the default action." +msgid "" +"Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format " +"I. This is the default action." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -2797,18 +3260,26 @@ msgstr "B<-e>I" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:38 -msgid "Check for equality of architecture. By default I is compared against the current Debian architecture, being the host. This action will not expand the architecture wildcards. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not matched." +msgid "" +"Check for equality of architecture. By default I is " +"compared against the current Debian architecture, being the host. This " +"action will not expand the architecture wildcards. Command finishes with an " +"exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not matched." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:38 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "B<-i>I" -msgstr "B" +msgstr "B<-i>I" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:44 -msgid "Check for identity of architecture by expanding I as an architecture wildcard and comparing against the current Debian architecture. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not matched." +msgid "" +"Check for identity of architecture by expanding I as " +"an architecture wildcard and comparing against the current Debian " +"architecture. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not " +"matched." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -2830,7 +3301,9 @@ msgstr "B<-s>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:51 -msgid "Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables using eval." +msgid "" +"Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables " +"using eval." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -2853,7 +3326,9 @@ msgstr "B<-c>I< polecenie>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:58 #, fuzzy -msgid "Execute a I in an environment which has all variables set to the determined value." +msgid "" +"Execute a I in an environment which has all variables set to the " +"determined value." msgstr "Wykonuje I w ¶rodowisku" # type: TP @@ -2897,7 +3372,12 @@ msgstr "B<-f>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:82 -msgid "Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B), except if this force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when the call to B is buried in some other script (for example B(1))." +msgid "" +"Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by " +"the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B), except if this " +"force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when " +"the call to B is buried in some other script (for example " +"B(1))." msgstr "" # type: SH @@ -2914,9 +3394,8 @@ msgstr "Komputer niewieloprocesorowy...\n" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:86 -#, fuzzy msgid "The machine the package is built on." -msgstr "Pakiet nie jest zainstalowany w systemie." +msgstr "Komputer, na którym pakiet jest budowany." # type: IP #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:86 @@ -2926,9 +3405,8 @@ msgstr "Nieznany komputer: %s" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:88 -#, fuzzy msgid "The machine the package is built for." -msgstr "Pakiet zosta³ wybrany do zainstalowania." +msgstr "Architektura, dla której pakiet jest budowany." # type: TH #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:88 @@ -2938,7 +3416,9 @@ msgstr "architektura Debiana" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:91 -msgid "The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the \\s-1FTP\\s0 archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386." +msgid "" +"The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the \\s-" +"1FTP\\s0 archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386." msgstr "" # type: IP @@ -2949,7 +3429,10 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:95 -msgid "An architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will match any real architecture being part of it. The general form is EkernelE-EcpuE. Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any." +msgid "" +"An architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will match " +"any real architecture being part of it. The general form is EkernelE-" +"EcpuE. Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any." msgstr "" # type: IP @@ -2960,7 +3443,10 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:99 -msgid "An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a dash: cpu and system. Examples: i386-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, x86_64-netbsd." +msgid "" +"An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a " +"dash: cpu and system. Examples: i386-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, " +"x86_64-netbsd." msgstr "" # type: SH @@ -3114,12 +3600,17 @@ msgstr "DEBIAN/RULES" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:135 -msgid "The environment variables set by B are passed to I as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you should always initialize them using B with the -q option. Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the cross compilation support in your package:" +msgid "" +"The environment variables set by B are passed to I as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not " +"rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you " +"should always initialize them using B with the -q option. " +"Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the cross " +"compilation support in your package:" msgstr "" # type: Plain text -#: ../dpkg-architecture.1:138 -#: ../dpkg-architecture.1:155 +#: ../dpkg-architecture.1:138 ../dpkg-architecture.1:155 msgid "Instead of:" msgstr "Zamiast:" @@ -3193,12 +3684,18 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:175 -msgid "or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU or DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables." +msgid "" +"or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU " +"or DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:180 -msgid "In general, calling dpkg in the rules file to get architecture information is deprecated (unless you want to provide backward compatibility, see below). Especially the --print-architecture option is unreliable since we have Debian architectures which don't equal a processor name." +msgid "" +"In general, calling dpkg in the rules file to get architecture information " +"is deprecated (unless you want to provide backward compatibility, see " +"below). Especially the --print-architecture option is unreliable since we " +"have Debian architectures which don't equal a processor name." msgstr "" # type: SH @@ -3209,12 +3706,21 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:187 -msgid "The DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU and DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables were only introduced in relatively recent versions of B (since dpkg 1.13.2), before this I files tended to check the values of the DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU or DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE variables which have been subject to change." +msgid "" +"The DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU and DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables were only introduced in " +"relatively recent versions of B (since dpkg 1.13.2), " +"before this I files tended to check the values of the " +"DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU or DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE variables which have been subject to " +"change." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:192 -msgid "Where I files check these variables to decide how or what to compile, this should be updated to use the new variables and values. You may wish to retain backwards compatibility with older version of dpkg-dev by using the following code:" +msgid "" +"Where I files check these variables to decide how or what to " +"compile, this should be updated to use the new variables and values. You " +"may wish to retain backwards compatibility with older version of dpkg-dev by " +"using the following code:" msgstr "" # type: Plain text @@ -3266,7 +3772,9 @@ msgstr "i Podobnie dla DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU oraz DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS." # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:216 -msgid "If you still wish to support versions of dpkg-dev that did not include B, the following does the job:" +msgid "" +"If you still wish to support versions of dpkg-dev that did not include " +"B, the following does the job:" msgstr "" # type: Plain text @@ -3307,28 +3815,41 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:235 -msgid "Put a subset of these lines at the top of your debian/rules file; these default values will be overwritten if dpkg-architecture is used." +msgid "" +"Put a subset of these lines at the top of your debian/rules file; these " +"default values will be overwritten if dpkg-architecture is used." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:242 -msgid "You don't need the full set. Choose a consistent set which contains the values you use in the rules file. For example, if you only need the host Debian architecture, `DEB_HOST_ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`' is sufficient (this is indeed the Debian architecture of the build machine, but remember that we are only trying to be backward compatible with native compilation)." +msgid "" +"You don't need the full set. Choose a consistent set which contains the " +"values you use in the rules file. For example, if you only need the host " +"Debian architecture, `DEB_HOST_ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`' is " +"sufficient (this is indeed the Debian architecture of the build machine, but " +"remember that we are only trying to be backward compatible with native " +"compilation)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:245 -msgid "The B<-e> and B<-i> options were only introduced in relatively recent versions of B (since dpkg 1.13.13)." +msgid "" +"The B<-e> and B<-i> options were only introduced in relatively recent " +"versions of B (since dpkg 1.13.13)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:249 -msgid "B accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B. Other examples:" +msgid "" +"B accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B. Other examples:" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:251 msgid "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-c\\*(C'> debian/rules build" -msgstr "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-c\\*(C'> debian/rules build" +msgstr "" +"CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-c\\*(C'> debian/rules build" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:253 @@ -3337,7 +3858,8 @@ msgstr "eval \\`dpkg-architecture CW<\\*(C`-u\\*(C'>\\`" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:256 -msgid "Check if an architecture is equal to the current architecture or a given one:" +msgid "" +"Check if an architecture is equal to the current architecture or a given one:" msgstr "" # type: Plain text @@ -3352,7 +3874,9 @@ msgstr "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:263 -msgid "Check if the current architecture or an architecture provided with -a are Linux systems:" +msgid "" +"Check if the current architecture or an architecture provided with -a are " +"Linux systems:" msgstr "" # type: Plain text @@ -3372,7 +3896,9 @@ msgstr "B(1), B(1)." # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-architecture.1:276 -msgid "B and this man page were initially written by Marcus Brinkmann Ebrinkmd@debian.orgE." +msgid "" +"B and this man page were initially written by Marcus " +"Brinkmann Ebrinkmd@debian.orgE." msgstr "" # type: TH @@ -3388,8 +3914,16 @@ msgstr "dpkg.cfg - plik konfiguracyjny programu dpkg " # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg.cfg.5:11 -msgid "This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." -msgstr "Plik ten zawiera domy¶lne opcje programu dpkg. W ka¿dej linii wymieniona jest pojedyncza opcja, dok³adnie taka sama, jak normalna opcja linii poleceñ programu dpkg z wyj±tkiem tego, ¿e nie s± u¿ywane pocz±tkowe my¶lniki. Mo¿na u¿ywaæ komentarzy, zaczynaj±c liniê znakiem hasha (\"B<#>\")." +msgid "" +"This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single " +"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg " +"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " +"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." +msgstr "" +"Plik ten zawiera domy¶lne opcje programu dpkg. W ka¿dej linii wymieniona " +"jest pojedyncza opcja, dok³adnie taka sama, jak normalna opcja linii poleceñ " +"programu dpkg z wyj±tkiem tego, ¿e nie s± u¿ywane pocz±tkowe my¶lniki. Mo¿na " +"u¿ywaæ komentarzy, zaczynaj±c liniê znakiem hasha (\"B<#>\")." # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg.cfg.5:16 @@ -3398,28 +3932,29 @@ msgstr "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg.cfg.5:20 -msgid "See I for the list of people who have contributed to B." -msgstr "Patrz plik I zawieraj±cy listê osób, które przyczyni³y siê do rozwoju programu B." +msgid "" +"See I for the list of people who have " +"contributed to B." +msgstr "" +"Patrz plik I zawieraj±cy listê osób, które " +"przyczyni³y siê do rozwoju programu B." # type: Plain text -#: ../dpkg.cfg.5:22 -#: ../dpkg-divert.8:120 -#: ../dpkg-query.1:160 +#: ../dpkg.cfg.5:22 ../dpkg-divert.8:120 ../dpkg-query.1:160 #: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:80 msgid "B(1)." msgstr "B(1)." # type: TH #: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "dpkg-buildpackage" -msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages" +msgstr "dpkg-buildpackage" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:4 -#, fuzzy msgid "dpkg-buildpackage - build source packages" -msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages - tworzy plik Packages" +msgstr "dpkg-buildpackage - buduje pakiety ¼ród³owe" # type: Plain text # @@ -3429,7 +3964,9 @@ msgstr "B [I]" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:13 -msgid "B is a control script which can be used to help automate the building of a package." +msgid "" +"B is a control script which can be used to help automate " +"the building of a package." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -3440,19 +3977,22 @@ msgstr "B<-b>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:19 -msgid "Specifies a binary-only build, no source files are to be built and/or distributed, and" +msgid "" +"Specifies a binary-only build, no source files are to be built and/or " +"distributed, and" msgstr "" # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:19 -#: ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:23 +#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:19 ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:23 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-B>" msgstr "B<-B>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:23 -msgid "Specifies a binary-only build, no architecture independent binary package files are to be distributed either." +msgid "" +"Specifies a binary-only build, no architecture independent binary package " +"files are to be distributed either." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -3464,14 +4004,15 @@ msgstr "B<-S>" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:26 -#, fuzzy msgid "Specifies a source-only build, no binary packages need to be made." -msgstr "Rozdzielenie pojedynczego pakietu binarnego na poszczególne czê¶ci." +msgstr "Okre¶la " # type: Plain text -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:33 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:145 -msgid "These options control whether the original source archive is included in the upload generated by B if any source is being generated (i.e., B<-b> or B<-B> haven't been used)." +#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:33 ../dpkg-source.1:145 +msgid "" +"These options control whether the original source archive is included in the " +"upload generated by B if any source is being generated (i." +"e., B<-b> or B<-B> haven't been used)." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -3482,7 +4023,10 @@ msgstr "B<-si>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:40 -msgid "Include the original source if the version number ends in B<-0> or B<-1>, i.e. if the Debian revision part of the version number is B<0> or B<1>. B" +msgid "" +"Include the original source if the version number ends in B<-0> or B<-1>, i." +"e. if the Debian revision part of the version number is B<0> or B<1>. " +"B" msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -3493,9 +4037,8 @@ msgstr "B<-sa>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:43 -#, fuzzy msgid "Forces the inclusion of the original source." -msgstr "B<-su> rozpakowuje oryginalne the original source tree." +msgstr "Wymusza do³±czenie oryginalnego pakietu ¼ród³owego." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:43 @@ -3516,61 +4059,64 @@ msgstr "B<-a>I" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:51 -msgid "Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the machine we build on is determined automatically, and is also the default for the host machine." +msgid "" +"Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the " +"machine we build on is determined automatically, and is also the default for " +"the host machine." msgstr "" # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:51 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:18 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:17 +#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:51 ../dpkg-genchanges.1:18 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:17 #: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:29 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-v>I" msgstr "B<-v>I" # type: Plain text -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:55 -#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:33 -msgid "Use changelog information from all versions strictly later than I." +#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:55 ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:33 +msgid "" +"Use changelog information from all versions strictly later than I." msgstr "" # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:55 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:23 +#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:55 ../dpkg-genchanges.1:23 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-C>I" msgstr "" # type: Plain text -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:60 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:29 -msgid "Read the description of the changes from the file I rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file." +#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:60 ../dpkg-genchanges.1:29 +msgid "" +"Read the description of the changes from the file I " +"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file." msgstr "" # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:60 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:29 +#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:60 ../dpkg-genchanges.1:29 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-m>I" msgstr "" # type: Plain text -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:66 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:35 -msgid "Use I as the name and email address of the maintainer for this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's control file." +#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:66 ../dpkg-genchanges.1:35 +msgid "" +"Use I as the name and email address of the maintainer for " +"this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's " +"control file." msgstr "" # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:66 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:35 +#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:66 ../dpkg-genchanges.1:35 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-e>I" msgstr "" # type: Plain text -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:72 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:41 -msgid "Use I as the name and email address of the maintainer for this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog." +#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:72 ../dpkg-genchanges.1:41 +msgid "" +"Use I as the name and email address of the maintainer for " +"this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's " +"changelog." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -3596,27 +4142,29 @@ msgid "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts." msgstr "Nie sprawdza zale¿no¶ci czasu budowania ani konfliktów." # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:78 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:103 +#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:78 ../dpkg-source.1:103 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-W>" msgstr "B<-W>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:84 -msgid "Turn certain errors into warnings. Only dpkg-source uses this, but B recognizes it, and passes it thru to B." +msgid "" +"Turn certain errors into warnings. Only dpkg-source uses this, but B recognizes it, and passes it thru to B." msgstr "" # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:84 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:106 +#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:84 ../dpkg-source.1:106 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-E>" msgstr "B<-E>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:92 -msgid "Negates a previously set B<-W>. Only dpkg-source uses this, but B recognizes it, and passes it thru to B." +msgid "" +"Negates a previously set B<-W>. Only dpkg-source uses this, but B recognizes it, and passes it thru to B." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -3638,30 +4186,49 @@ msgstr "B<-tc>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:101 -msgid "Clean the source tree (using I B) after the package has been built." +msgid "" +"Clean the source tree (using I B) " +"after the package has been built." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:101 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "B<-r>I" -msgstr "OPCJE LINII POLECEÑ" +msgstr "B<-r>I" # type: Plain text #. what happens, if it contains spaces? (hs) #: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:127 -msgid "When B needs to execute part of the build process as root, it prefixes the command it executes with I if one has been specified. I should be the name of a program on the B and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run and the arguments it should take. I should not contain spaces or any other shell metacharacters. I might typically be B, B, B or B. B is not suitable, since it requires a B<-c> option to run a command and even then it can only invoke the user's shell with B<-c> instead of passing arguments individually to the command to be run." +msgid "" +"When B needs to execute part of the build process as " +"root, it prefixes the command it executes with I if one " +"has been specified. I should be the name of a program on " +"the B and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run " +"and the arguments it should take. I should not contain " +"spaces or any other shell metacharacters. I might " +"typically be B, B, B or B. B is not " +"suitable, since it requires a B<-c> option to run a command and even then it " +"can only invoke the user's shell with B<-c> instead of passing arguments " +"individually to the command to be run." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:127 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "B<-p>I" -msgstr "Nieznane polecenie: \"%s\"" +msgstr "B<-p>I" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:152 -msgid "When B needs to execute GPG or PGP to sign a source control (B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I (searching the B if necessary) instead of B. I will get all the arguments that B would have gotten. If I takes its arguments in GPG rather than PGP style, you should give the B<-sgpg> option. I should not contain spaces or any other shell metacharacters." +msgid "" +"When B needs to execute GPG or PGP to sign a source " +"control (B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I " +"(searching the B if necessary) instead of B. I " +"will get all the arguments that B would have gotten. If I " +"takes its arguments in GPG rather than PGP style, you should give the B<-" +"sgpg> option. I should not contain spaces or any other shell " +"metacharacters." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -3673,9 +4240,8 @@ msgstr "B<-k>I" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:155 -#, fuzzy msgid "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages." -msgstr "Ostatnia linia ekranu z wyborem pakietów." +msgstr "Okre¶la ID klucza u¿ywanego do podpisywania pakietów." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:155 @@ -3686,9 +4252,8 @@ msgstr "B<-us>" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:158 -#, fuzzy msgid "Do not sign the source package." -msgstr "' program do zarz±dzania pakietami, wersja " +msgstr "Nie próbuje podpisywaæ pakietów." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:158 @@ -3702,8 +4267,7 @@ msgid "Do not sign the .changes file." msgstr "" # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:161 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:110 +#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:161 ../dpkg-source.1:110 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-i>[I]" msgstr "B<-i>[I]" @@ -3714,8 +4278,7 @@ msgid "Passed unchanged to B." msgstr "" # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:165 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:130 +#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:165 ../dpkg-source.1:130 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-I>I" msgstr "B<-I>I" @@ -3726,9 +4289,7 @@ msgid "Passed unchanged to B. May be repeated multiple times." msgstr "" # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:170 -#: ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:19 -#: ../dpkg-query.1:70 +#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:170 ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:19 ../dpkg-query.1:70 #: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:105 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--admindir=>I" @@ -3736,40 +4297,39 @@ msgstr "B<--admindir=>I" # type: Plain text # -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:174 -#: ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:23 -#: ../dpkg-query.1:74 +#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:174 ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:23 ../dpkg-query.1:74 #: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:109 -msgid "Change the location of the B database. The default location is I." -msgstr "Zmienia po³o¿enie bazy danych B. Domy¶lnie jest to I." +msgid "" +"Change the location of the B database. The default location is I." +msgstr "" +"Zmienia po³o¿enie bazy danych B. Domy¶lnie jest to I." # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:174 -#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:32 -#: ../dpkg-deb.1:162 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:139 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:98 -#: ../dpkg-name.1:56 -#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:33 -#: ../dpkg-query.1:59 -#: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:81 -#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:109 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:60 -#: ../dpkg-split.1:127 +#: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:174 ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:32 ../dpkg-deb.1:162 +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:139 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:98 ../dpkg-name.1:56 +#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:33 ../dpkg-query.1:59 ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:81 +#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:109 ../dpkg-source.1:60 ../dpkg-split.1:127 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-h>, B<--help>" msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:185 -msgid "It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters in and initial arguments for I and I." +msgid "" +"It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters in and " +"initial arguments for I and I." msgstr "" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-buildpackage.1:192 -msgid "B(1), B(1), B(1), B(1), B(1)." -msgstr "B(1), B(1), B(1), B(1), B(1)." +msgid "" +"B(1), B(1), B(1), B" +"(1), B(1)." +msgstr "" +"B(1), B(1), B(1), B" +"(1), B(1)." # type: TH #: ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 @@ -3785,23 +4345,29 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:9 -#, fuzzy msgid "B [I] [I]" -msgstr "B B<-B> [I]" +msgstr "B [I] [I]" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:14 -msgid "This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code." +msgid "" +"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build " +"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not " +"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17 -msgid "By default, I is read, but an alternate control filename may be specified on the command line." +msgid "" +"By default, I is read, but an alternate control filename may " +"be specified on the command line." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 -msgid "Ignore I lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be built." +msgid "" +"Ignore I lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be " +"built." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -3850,39 +4416,43 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:18 -msgid "It takes three non-option arguments, the filename and the section and priority for the B<.changes> file." +msgid "" +"It takes three non-option arguments, the filename and the section and " +"priority for the B<.changes> file." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:26 -msgid "The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being a pathname relative to the current directory when B is run." +msgid "" +"The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being " +"a pathname relative to the current directory when B is run." msgstr "" # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:28 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:111 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:46 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:28 ../dpkg-genchanges.1:111 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:46 +#, no-wrap msgid "B<-f>I" -msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>" +msgstr "B<-f>I" # type: Plain text -#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:32 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:50 -msgid "Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using B." +#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:32 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:50 +msgid "" +"Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " +"B." msgstr "" # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:40 -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:147 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:111 +#: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:40 ../dpkg-genchanges.1:147 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:111 #, no-wrap msgid "B" msgstr "B" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-distaddfile.1:46 -msgid "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. B can be used to add additional files." +msgid "" +"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " +"B can be used to add additional files." msgstr "" # type: TH @@ -3912,8 +4482,11 @@ msgstr "B [I] I" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:13 -msgid "B packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." -msgstr "B tworzy, rozpakowuje i podaje informacje o plikach archiwum (czyli pakietach) Debiana." +msgid "" +"B packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." +msgstr "" +"B tworzy, rozpakowuje i podaje informacje o plikach archiwum " +"(czyli pakietach) Debiana." # type: Plain text # @@ -3924,33 +4497,63 @@ msgstr "Do instalowania i usuwania pakiet # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:27 -msgid "You can also invoke B by calling B with whatever options you want to pass to B. B will spot that you wanted B and run it for you." -msgstr "Ponadto mo¿na skorzystaæ z B wywo³uj±c B z odpowiedni± opcj±, która zostanie przekazana do B. B uruchomi B i wykona ¿±dan± operacjê." +msgid "" +"You can also invoke B by calling B with whatever options you " +"want to pass to B. B will spot that you wanted B " +"and run it for you." +msgstr "" +"Ponadto mo¿na skorzystaæ z B wywo³uj±c B z odpowiedni± " +"opcj±, która zostanie przekazana do B. B uruchomi B i wykona ¿±dan± operacjê." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:29 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I [I|I]" -msgstr "B B<-b>|B<--build> I [I|I]" +msgstr "B<-b>, B<--build> I [I|I]" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:41 -msgid "Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I. I must have a B subdirectory, which contains the control information files such as the control file itself. This directory will I appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area." -msgstr "Tworzy archiwum Debiana z plików zawartych w I. I musi zawieraæ podkatalog o nazwie B, w którym zawarte s± pliki kontrolne, takie jak np. control. Ten katalog I pojawi siê w archiwum binarnym pakietu, tylko zostanie umieszczony jako informacje kontrolne pakietu, które opisuj± w³a¶ciwo¶ci pakietu." +msgid "" +"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I. " +"I must have a B subdirectory, which contains the control " +"information files such as the control file itself. This directory will " +"I appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the " +"files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area." +msgstr "" +"Tworzy archiwum Debiana z plików zawartych w I. I musi " +"zawieraæ podkatalog o nazwie B, w którym zawarte s± pliki kontrolne, " +"takie jak np. control. Ten katalog I pojawi siê w archiwum binarnym " +"pakietu, tylko zostanie umieszczony jako informacje kontrolne pakietu, które " +"opisuj± w³a¶ciwo¶ci pakietu." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:53 -msgid "Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B will read B and parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display the name of the binary package being built. B will also check the permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B control information directory." -msgstr "Je¶li pominiêto opcjê B<--nocheck>, B odczyta plik B i sprawdzi, czy nie wystêpuj± w nim b³êdy sk³adniowe lub inne problemy, a nastêpnie wy¶wietli nazwê pakietu, który jest tworzony. B ponadto sprawdzi prawa skryptów instalacyjnych i innych plików znajduj±cych siê w katalogu B." +msgid "" +"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B will read B and " +"parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display " +"the name of the binary package being built. B will also check the " +"permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B " +"control information directory." +msgstr "" +"Je¶li pominiêto opcjê B<--nocheck>, B odczyta plik B i sprawdzi, czy nie wystêpuj± w nim b³êdy sk³adniowe lub inne " +"problemy, a nastêpnie wy¶wietli nazwê pakietu, który jest tworzony. B ponadto sprawdzi prawa skryptów instalacyjnych i innych plików " +"znajduj±cych siê w katalogu B." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:60 -msgid "If no I is specified then B will write the package into the file IB<.deb>." -msgstr "Je¶li podana zosta³a nazwa I to B zapisze pakiet t± nazw±." +msgid "" +"If no I is specified then B will write the package into " +"the file IB<.deb>." +msgstr "" +"Je¶li podana zosta³a nazwa I to B zapisze pakiet t± " +"nazw±." # type: Plain text # @@ -3961,15 +4564,27 @@ msgstr "Je # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:78 -msgid "If the second argument is a directory then B will write to the file IB<_>IB<_>IB<.deb>, or IB<_>IB<.deb> if no B field is present in the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B needs to read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)." -msgstr "Je¶li drugim argumentem jest I, to B zapisze pakiet pod nazw± IBIB<_>IB<_>IB<.deb>, lub IBIB<_>IB<.deb>, je¶li nie zosta³o okre¶lone pole B w pliku kontrolnym. Gdy podany jest I, to nie mo¿e zostaæ u¿yta opcja B<--no-check>, poniewa¿ B musi odczytaæ plik kontrolny, aby rozpoznaæ nazwê i wersjê pakietu." +msgid "" +"If the second argument is a directory then B will write to the " +"file IB<_>IB<_>IB<.deb>, or " +"IB<_>IB<.deb> if no B field is present in " +"the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than " +"a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B needs to " +"read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)." +msgstr "" +"Je¶li drugim argumentem jest I, to B zapisze pakiet pod " +"nazw± IBIB<_>IB<_>IB<.deb>, lub " +"IBIB<_>IB<.deb>, je¶li nie zosta³o okre¶lone " +"pole B w pliku kontrolnym. Gdy podany jest I, to nie " +"mo¿e zostaæ u¿yta opcja B<--no-check>, poniewa¿ B musi odczytaæ " +"plik kontrolny, aby rozpoznaæ nazwê i wersjê pakietu." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:78 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I [I ...]" -msgstr "B B<-I>|B<--info> I [I ..]" +msgstr "B<-I>, B<--info> I [I ...]" # type: Plain text # @@ -3980,14 +4595,26 @@ msgstr "Dostarcza informacji o pakiecie." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:86 -msgid "If no Is are specified then it will print a summary of the contents of the package as well as its control file." -msgstr "Gdy nie podano ¿adnej I, wy¶wietlana jest informacja o zawarto¶ci pakietu oraz zestawienie wykorzystanych plików kontrolnych." +msgid "" +"If no Is are specified then it will print a summary of " +"the contents of the package as well as its control file." +msgstr "" +"Gdy nie podano ¿adnej I, wy¶wietlana jest " +"informacja o zawarto¶ci pakietu oraz zestawienie wykorzystanych plików " +"kontrolnych." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:94 -msgid "If any Is are specified then B will print them in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status 2." -msgstr "W razie podania I, B wy¶wietli zawarto¶æ tego pliku. Je¶li ten plik nie istnieje, wy¶wietlony zostanie komunikat b³êdu na stderr i program zakoñczy siê z kodem b³êdu 2." +msgid "" +"If any Is are specified then B will print them " +"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present " +"it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status " +"2." +msgstr "" +"W razie podania I, B wy¶wietli zawarto¶æ " +"tego pliku. Je¶li ten plik nie istnieje, wy¶wietlony zostanie komunikat " +"b³êdu na stderr i program zakoñczy siê z kodem b³êdu 2." # type: Plain text # @@ -3999,15 +4626,21 @@ msgstr "B<-W>, B<--show> I" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:101 -msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's name and version on one line, seperated by a tabulator." -msgstr "Wy¶wietla informacjê o pakiecie binarnym w formacie okre¶lonym opcj± B<--showformat>. W domy¶lnym formacie w ka¿dej linii wy¶wietlana jest nazwa pakietu oraz - po znaku tabulacji - jego wersja." +msgid "" +"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified " +"by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's " +"name and version on one line, seperated by a tabulator." +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietla informacjê o pakiecie binarnym w formacie okre¶lonym opcj± B<--" +"showformat>. W domy¶lnym formacie w ka¿dej linii wy¶wietlana jest nazwa " +"pakietu oraz - po znaku tabulacji - jego wersja." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:101 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "B<-f>, B<--field> I [I ...]" -msgstr "B B<-f>|B<--field> I [I ...]" +msgstr "B<-f>, B<--field> I [I ...]" # type: Plain text # @@ -4018,20 +4651,33 @@ msgstr "Wy # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:108 -msgid "If no Bs are specified then it will print the whole control file." -msgstr "Je¶li nie podano ¿adnej B, to wy¶wietlana jest zawarto¶æ ca³ego pliku control." +msgid "" +"If no Bs are specified then it will print the whole " +"control file." +msgstr "" +"Je¶li nie podano ¿adnej B, to wy¶wietlana jest " +"zawarto¶æ ca³ego pliku control." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:117 -msgid "If any are specified then B will print their contents, in the order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B is specified then B will precede each with its field name (and a colon and space)." -msgstr "Je¶li podano B, to B wy¶wietli jej zawarto¶æ. Gdy podano wiêcej ni¿ jedn± B, to B wy¶wietli pola wraz z nazw± (oraz dwukropkiem i spacj±) w takiej kolejno¶ci, w jakiej s± one w pliku kontrolnym." +msgid "" +"If any are specified then B will print their contents, in the " +"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B is specified then B will precede each with its field " +"name (and a colon and space)." +msgstr "" +"Je¶li podano B, to B wy¶wietli jej " +"zawarto¶æ. Gdy podano wiêcej ni¿ jedn± B, to B wy¶wietli pola wraz z nazw± (oraz dwukropkiem i spacj±) w takiej " +"kolejno¶ci, w jakiej s± one w pliku kontrolnym." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:119 msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." -msgstr "Dla nieodnalezionych pól kontrolnych nie wy¶wietlane s± komunikaty b³êdów." +msgstr "" +"Dla nieodnalezionych pól kontrolnych nie wy¶wietlane s± komunikaty b³êdów." # type: Plain text # @@ -4043,8 +4689,13 @@ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--contents> I" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:125 -msgid "Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B's verbose listing." -msgstr "Wy¶wietla zawarto¶æ archiwum. Wydruk jest podany w postaci, jak± generuje polecenie B." +msgid "" +"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package " +"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B's " +"verbose listing." +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietla zawarto¶æ archiwum. Wydruk jest podany w postaci, jak± generuje " +"polecenie B." # type: Plain text # @@ -4056,14 +4707,21 @@ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--extract> I" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:129 -msgid "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified directory." +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " +"directory." msgstr "Rozpakowuje zawarto¶æ archiwum do podanego I." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:135 -msgid "Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I result in a correct installation! Use B to install packages." -msgstr "Proszê zauwa¿yæ, ¿e rozpakowanie pakietu w katalogu g³ównym I jest odpowiednikiem zainstalowania pakietu! Do tego celu s³u¿y wy³±cznie polecenie B." +msgid "" +"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I result in a " +"correct installation! Use B to install packages." +msgstr "" +"Proszê zauwa¿yæ, ¿e rozpakowanie pakietu w katalogu g³ównym I jest " +"odpowiednikiem zainstalowania pakietu! Do tego celu s³u¿y wy³±cznie " +"polecenie B." # type: Plain text # @@ -4082,8 +4740,13 @@ msgstr "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I" # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:143 #, fuzzy -msgid "Is like B<--extract> (B<-x>) but prints a listing of the files extracted as it goes." -msgstr "B<--vextract> (B<-X>) wy¶wietla nazwy plików, które s± rozpakowywane, za¶ B<--extract> (B<-x>) rozpakowuje pliki bez podawania ¿adnych komunikatów, prócz komunikatów b³êdów." +msgid "" +"Is like B<--extract> (B<-x>) but prints a listing of the files extracted as " +"it goes." +msgstr "" +"B<--vextract> (B<-X>) wy¶wietla nazwy plików, które s± rozpakowywane, za¶ " +"B<--extract> (B<-x>) rozpakowuje pliki bez podawania ¿adnych komunikatów, " +"prócz komunikatów b³êdów." # type: Plain text # @@ -4095,8 +4758,14 @@ msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile> I" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:151 -msgid "Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to standard output in B format. Together with B(1) this can be used to extract a particular file from a package archive." -msgstr "Rozpakowuje pliki z archiwum i wysy³a je na standardowe wyj¶cie w postaci formatu polecenia B. Gdy ta operacja zostanie po³±czona z B'em, mo¿liwe jest rozpakowanie tylko wybranych plików z archiwum." +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " +"standard output in B format. Together with B(1) this can be used " +"to extract a particular file from a package archive." +msgstr "" +"Rozpakowuje pliki z archiwum i wysy³a je na standardowe wyj¶cie w postaci " +"formatu polecenia B. Gdy ta operacja zostanie po³±czona z B'em, " +"mo¿liwe jest rozpakowanie tylko wybranych plików z archiwum." # type: Plain text # @@ -4108,36 +4777,39 @@ msgstr "B<-e>, B<--control> I" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:155 -msgid "Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the specified directory." +msgid "" +"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the " +"specified directory." msgstr "Rozpakowuje pliki kontrolne pakietu do podanego I." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:159 -msgid "If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B in the current directory is used." -msgstr "Je¶li I nie zosta³ okre¶lony, pliki s± rozpakowywane do podkatalogu B w katalogu bie¿±cym." +msgid "" +"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B in the current " +"directory is used." +msgstr "" +"Je¶li I nie zosta³ okre¶lony, pliki s± rozpakowywane do podkatalogu " +"B w katalogu bie¿±cym." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:162 -msgid "The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." +msgid "" +"The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." msgstr "W razie potrzeby, katalog docelowy bêdzie utworzony." # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-deb.1:168 -#: ../dpkg-query.1:65 -#: ../dpkg-split.1:133 +#: ../dpkg-deb.1:168 ../dpkg-query.1:65 ../dpkg-split.1:133 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--license>, B<--licence>" msgstr "B<--license>, B<--licence>" # type: Plain text -#: ../dpkg-deb.1:171 -#: ../dpkg-name.1:65 -#: ../dpkg-query.1:68 -#: ../dpkg-split.1:136 +#: ../dpkg-deb.1:171 ../dpkg-name.1:65 ../dpkg-query.1:68 ../dpkg-split.1:136 msgid "Show the copyright licensing terms and exit." msgstr "" +"Pokazuje informacje o licencji i prawach autorskich o koñczy dzia³anie." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-deb.1:173 @@ -4146,15 +4818,30 @@ msgid "B<--showformat=>I" msgstr "B<--showformat=>I" # type: Plain text -#: ../dpkg-deb.1:178 -#: ../dpkg-query.1:79 -msgid "This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." -msgstr "Opcja jest u¿ywana do podania formatu wyj¶cia produkowanego przez B<--show>. Format jest ³añcuchem znaków, który bêdzie wy¶wietlony dla ka¿dego listowanego pakietu." +#: ../dpkg-deb.1:178 ../dpkg-query.1:79 +msgid "" +"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " +"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." +msgstr "" +"Opcja jest u¿ywana do podania formatu wyj¶cia produkowanego przez B<--show>. " +"Format jest ³añcuchem znaków, który bêdzie wy¶wietlony dla ka¿dego " +"listowanego pakietu." # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-deb.1:187 -msgid "The string may reference any status field using the \"${I}\" form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the B<--showformat> option in B(1)." -msgstr "Argumentem jest ³añcuch znaków, który mo¿e siê odnosiæ do dowolnego pola pliku stanu w postaci \"${I}\". Listê nazw poprawnych pól mo¿na ³atwo wygenerowaæ, u¿ywaj±c opcji B<-I> na tym samym pakiecie. Pe³ne wyja¶nienie opcji formatowania (³±cznie z sekwencjami cytowania i rozdzielaniem pól) mo¿na znale¼æ w opisie opcji B<--showformat> w B(1)." +msgid "" +"The string may reference any status field using the \"${I}\" " +"form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the " +"same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including " +"escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the " +"B<--showformat> option in B(1)." +msgstr "" +"Argumentem jest ³añcuch znaków, który mo¿e siê odnosiæ do dowolnego pola " +"pliku stanu w postaci \"${I}\". Listê nazw poprawnych pól mo¿na " +"³atwo wygenerowaæ, u¿ywaj±c opcji B<-I> na tym samym pakiecie. Pe³ne " +"wyja¶nienie opcji formatowania (³±cznie z sekwencjami cytowania i " +"rozdzielaniem pól) mo¿na znale¼æ w opisie opcji B<--showformat> w B(1)." # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-deb.1:189 @@ -4169,7 +4856,9 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-deb.1:193 -msgid "Specify which compression level to pass to the compressor backend program, when building a package." +msgid "" +"Specify which compression level to pass to the compressor backend program, " +"when building a package." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -4180,7 +4869,9 @@ msgstr "B<-Z>I" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-deb.1:198 -msgid "Specify which compression type to use when building a package. Allowed values are I, I, I, and I (default is I)." +msgid "" +"Specify which compression type to use when building a package. Allowed " +"values are I, I, I, and I (default is I)." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -4192,8 +4883,11 @@ msgstr "B<--new>" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:203 -msgid "Ensures that B builds a `new' format archive. This is the default." -msgstr "Upewnia siê, ¿e B utworzy ,,nowy'' format archiwum. Ta opcja jest domy¶lna." +msgid "" +"Ensures that B builds a `new' format archive. This is the default." +msgstr "" +"Upewnia siê, ¿e B utworzy ,,nowy'' format archiwum. Ta opcja jest " +"domy¶lna." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-deb.1:203 @@ -4204,14 +4898,28 @@ msgstr "B<--old>" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:211 -msgid "Forces B to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than 0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only." -msgstr "Wymusza utworzenie przez B ,,starego'' formatu archiwum. Ten format jest s³abo obs³ugiwany przez narzêdzia spoza dystrybucji Debiana i obecnie jest przestarza³y. Ta opcja jest u¿yteczna jedynie w przypadku korzystania z wersji dpkg wcze¶niejszej ni¿ 0.93.76 (wrzesieñ 1995), która by³a opublikowana jedynie dla i386 a.out." +msgid "" +"Forces B to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format " +"is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use " +"is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than " +"0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only." +msgstr "" +"Wymusza utworzenie przez B ,,starego'' formatu archiwum. Ten " +"format jest s³abo obs³ugiwany przez narzêdzia spoza dystrybucji Debiana i " +"obecnie jest przestarza³y. Ta opcja jest u¿yteczna jedynie w przypadku " +"korzystania z wersji dpkg wcze¶niejszej ni¿ 0.93.76 (wrzesieñ 1995), która " +"by³a opublikowana jedynie dla i386 a.out." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:217 -msgid "Inhibits B's usual checks on the proposed contents of an archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." -msgstr "Powoduje, ¿e polecenie B nie bêdzie sprawdzaæ zawarto¶ci archiwum. W ten sposób mo¿na utworzyæ niepoprawny pakiet, je¶li zajdzie taka potrzeba." +msgid "" +"Inhibits B's usual checks on the proposed contents of an " +"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." +msgstr "" +"Powoduje, ¿e polecenie B nie bêdzie sprawdzaæ zawarto¶ci " +"archiwum. W ten sposób mo¿na utworzyæ niepoprawny pakiet, je¶li zajdzie taka " +"potrzeba." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-deb.1:217 @@ -4228,20 +4936,32 @@ msgstr "W # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:226 -msgid "B IB<.deb> IB<.deb> does the wrong thing." -msgstr "B IB<.deb> IB<.deb> dzia³a niepoprawnie." +msgid "" +"B IB<.deb> IB<.deb> does the wrong thing." +msgstr "" +"B IB<.deb> IB<.deb> dzia³a niepoprawnie." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:230 -msgid "There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a straightforward checksum." -msgstr "Brak sprawdzania autentyczno¶ci plików B<.deb>. Tak naprawdê, to nawet nie jest sprawdzana suma kontrolna archiwum." - +msgid "" +"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " +"straightforward checksum." +msgstr "" +"Brak sprawdzania autentyczno¶ci plików B<.deb>. Tak naprawdê, to nawet nie " +"jest sprawdzana suma kontrolna archiwum." + # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:237 -msgid "Do not attempt to use just B to install software! You must use B proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." -msgstr "Nie nale¿y u¿ywaæ B do instalowania oprogramowania! Do tego celu nale¿y skorzystaæ z B, który zainstaluje poprawnie pliki i uruchomi potrzebne skrypty instalacyjne." +msgid "" +"Do not attempt to use just B to install software! You must use " +"B proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the " +"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." +msgstr "" +"Nie nale¿y u¿ywaæ B do instalowania oprogramowania! Do tego celu " +"nale¿y skorzystaæ z B, który zainstaluje poprawnie pliki i uruchomi " +"potrzebne skrypty instalacyjne." # type: Plain text # @@ -4253,8 +4973,16 @@ msgstr "B(5), B(5), B(1), B(1)." # #: ../dpkg-deb.1:252 #, fuzzy -msgid "B and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I and I for details." -msgstr "B i ten podrêcznik napisa³ Ian Jackson ((C)1995-1996), udostêpnione na Ogólnej Licencji Publicznej GNU; BRAK JAKIEJKOLWIEK GWARANCJI. Szczegó³y zobacz w I oraz I." +msgid "" +"B and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " +"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " +"Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I and I for details." +msgstr "" +"B i ten podrêcznik napisa³ Ian Jackson ((C)1995-1996), " +"udostêpnione na Ogólnej Licencji Publicznej GNU; BRAK JAKIEJKOLWIEK " +"GWARANCJI. Szczegó³y zobacz w I oraz I." # type: TH #: ../dpkg-divert.8:1 @@ -4264,97 +4992,107 @@ msgstr "dpkg-divert" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:4 -#, fuzzy msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file" -msgstr "dpkg-statoverride - nadpisywanie w³a¶ciciela i praw plików" +msgstr "dpkg-divert - nadpisywanie plików z pakietów" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-divert.8:9 -#, fuzzy msgid "B [I] I" -msgstr "B [I] I" +msgstr "B [I] I" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:13 -msgid "B is the utility used to set up and update the list of diversions." +msgid "" +"B is the utility used to set up and update the list of " +"diversions." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:23 -msgid "File `diversions' are a way of forcing B(1) not to install a file into its location, but to a `diverted' location. Diversions can be used through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as 'conffiles') need to be preserved by dpkg, when installing a newer version of a package which contains those files." +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"File `diversions' are a way of forcing B(1) not to install a file " +"into its location, but to a `diverted' location. Diversions can be used " +"through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a " +"conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's " +"configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as " +"'conffiles') need to be preserved by dpkg, when installing a newer version " +"of a package which contains those files." msgstr "" +"\"Nadpisania\" plików s± sposobem na wymuszenie na B(1) " +"nieinstalowania pliku w " # type: TP #: ../dpkg-divert.8:25 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "[B<--add>] I" -msgstr "B<[--] >I" +msgstr "[B<--add>] I" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:28 msgid "Add a diversion for I." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dodaje nadpisanie I." # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-divert.8:28 -#: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:35 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#: ../dpkg-divert.8:28 ../dpkg-statoverride.8:35 +#, no-wrap msgid "B<--remove>I< file>" -msgstr "B<--remove>I< EplikE>" +msgstr "B<--remove>I" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:31 -#, fuzzy msgid "Remove a diversion for I." -msgstr "Aby usun±æ to nadpisanie:" +msgstr "Usuwa nadpisanie I." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-divert.8:31 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "B<--list>I< glob-pattern>" -msgstr "B<--list> [Iwzorzec-wyszukiwania-nazwyE>]" +msgstr "B<--list>I< wzorzec-glob>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:34 msgid "List diversions matching I." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wy¶wietla nadpisania pasuj±ce do I." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-divert.8:34 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "B<--truename>I< file>" -msgstr "B<--rename>" +msgstr "B<--truename>I< plik>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:37 -#, fuzzy msgid "Print the real name for a diverted file." -msgstr "Wy¶wietla warto¶æ pojedynczej zmiennej." +msgstr "Wy¶wietla rzeczywist± nazwê nadpisanego pliku." # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-divert.8:39 -#: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:52 -#: ../update-alternatives.8:307 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#: ../dpkg-divert.8:39 ../dpkg-statoverride.8:52 ../update-alternatives.8:307 +#, no-wrap msgid "B<--admindir>I< directory>" -msgstr "B<--admindir> I" +msgstr "B<--admindir>I< katalog>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:42 -msgid "Set the dpkg data directory to I (default: I)." +msgid "" +"Set the dpkg data directory to I (default: I)." msgstr "" +"Ustawia katalog bazy danych dpkg na I (domy¶lnie I)." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-divert.8:42 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "B<--divert>I< divert-to>" -msgstr "B<--admindir EkatalogE>" +msgstr "B<--divert> I" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:46 -msgid "I is the location where the versions of I, as provided by other packages, will be diverted." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"I is the location where the versions of I, as provided by " +"other packages, will be diverted." +msgstr "I jest lokalizacj± " # type: TP #: ../dpkg-divert.8:46 @@ -4364,24 +5102,32 @@ msgstr "B<--local>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:52 -msgid "Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified version." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This " +"means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the " +"file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified " +"version." +msgstr "Okre¶la, ¿e wszystkie wersje paketów" # type: TP #: ../dpkg-divert.8:52 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "B<--package>I< package>" -msgstr "B<--package>I< EpakietE>" +msgstr "B<--package>I< pakiet>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:57 -msgid "I is the name of a package whose copy of I will not be diverted. i.e. I will be diverted for all packages except I." +msgid "" +"I is the name of a package whose copy of I will not be " +"diverted. i.e. I will be diverted for all packages except I." msgstr "" +"I jest nazw± pakietu, którego kopia I nie bêdzie nadpisana, " +"tj. I bêdzie nadpisany dla wszystkich pakietów oprócz podanego " +"I." # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-divert.8:57 -#: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:64 -#: ../install-info.8:190 +#: ../dpkg-divert.8:57 ../dpkg-statoverride.8:64 ../install-info.8:190 #: ../update-alternatives.8:316 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--quiet>" @@ -4389,8 +5135,9 @@ msgstr "B<--quiet>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:60 +#, fuzzy msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tryb cichy, tzn. " # type: TP #: ../dpkg-divert.8:60 @@ -4400,13 +5147,13 @@ msgstr "B<--rename>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:64 -msgid "Actually move the file aside (or back). dpkg-divert will abort operation in case the destination file already exists." +msgid "" +"Actually move the file aside (or back). dpkg-divert will abort operation in " +"case the destination file already exists." msgstr "" # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-divert.8:64 -#: ../install-info.8:269 -#: ../update-alternatives.8:320 +#: ../dpkg-divert.8:64 ../install-info.8:269 ../update-alternatives.8:320 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--test>" msgstr "B<--test>" @@ -4415,6 +5162,8 @@ msgstr "B<--test>" #: ../dpkg-divert.8:67 msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate." msgstr "" +"Tryb testowy, tzn. nie wykonuje ¿adnych akcji, tylko pokazuje, co zosta³oby " +"zrobione." # type: SH #: ../dpkg-divert.8:74 @@ -4424,54 +5173,80 @@ msgstr "UWAGI" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:78 -msgid "When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> IoriginalE.distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must match if specified." +msgid "" +"When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> IoriginalE." +"distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must " +"match if specified." msgstr "" +"Podczas dodawania domy¶lnymi opcjami s± B<--local> i B<--divert> " +"IoryginalnyE.distrib>. Podczas usuwania B<--package> lub B<--" +"local> i B<--divert>, je¶li zosta³y podane, to musz± pasowaæ." # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:80 msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Za pomoc± B nie mo¿na nadpisaæ katalogów." # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:86 -msgid "Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B(8) creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the library. Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), the symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library has the same SONAME as the undiverted one." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B(8) " +"creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the " +"library. Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), the " +"symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library " +"has the same SONAME as the undiverted one." +msgstr "Nale¿y byæ ostro¿nym podczas nadpisywania bibliotek wspó³dzielonych . " # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:91 -msgid "To divert all copies of a I to I, i.e. directs all packages providing I to install it as I, performing the rename if required:" +msgid "" +"To divert all copies of a I to I, i." +"e. directs all packages providing I to install it as I, performing the rename if required:" msgstr "" +"Aby nadpisaæ wszystkie kopie pliku I do , tj. spowodowaæ, ¿e wszystkie pakiety dostarczaj±ce I zainstaluj± ten plik jako I i zmieni± nazwê " +"pliku, je¶li jest to wymagane:" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:93 msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" -msgstr "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/przyk³ad.foo --rename /usr/bin/przyk³ad" # type: Plain text -#: ../dpkg-divert.8:95 -#: ../dpkg-divert.8:105 +#: ../dpkg-divert.8:95 ../dpkg-divert.8:105 msgid "To remove that diversion:" msgstr "Aby usun±æ to nadpisanie:" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:97 msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" -msgstr "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/przyk³ad" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:101 -msgid "To divert any package trying to install I to I, except your own I package:" +msgid "" +"To divert any package trying to install I to I, except your own I package:" msgstr "" +"Aby napisaæ I jako I wszystkim " +"pakietom, próbuj±cym zainstalowaæ ten plik, oprócz pakietu I:" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:103 -msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" +msgid "" +"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/" +"example" msgstr "" +"dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/przyk³ad.bla --rename /usr/" +"bin/przyk³ad" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:107 msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" -msgstr "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" +msgstr "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/przyk³ad" # type: TP #: ../dpkg-divert.8:109 @@ -4481,15 +5256,23 @@ msgstr "I" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:114 -#, fuzzy -msgid "File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." -msgstr "Plik zawieraj±cy obecn± listê nadpisañ stanu w systemie. Zlokalizowany jest w katalogu administracyjnym dpkg, ³±cznie z innymi plikami wa¿nymi dla dpkg, takimi jak `status' lub `available'." +msgid "" +"File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is " +"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " +"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." +msgstr "" +"Plik zawieraj±cy obecn± listê nadpisañ plików w systemie. Zlokalizowany jest " +"w katalogu administracyjnym dpkg, ³±cznie z innymi plikami wa¿nymi dla dpkg, " +"takimi jak `status' lub `available'." # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:117 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Note: B preserves the old copy of this file, with extension \"-old\", before replacing it with the new one." -msgstr "Uwaga: przed zast±pieniem pliku now± wersj±, dpkg-statoverride zachowuje star± kopiê w pliku z rozszerzeniem \"-old\"." +msgid "" +"Note: B preserves the old copy of this file, with extension \"-" +"old\", before replacing it with the new one." +msgstr "" +"Uwaga: przed zast±pieniem pliku now± wersj±, B zachowuje star± " +"kopiê w pliku z rozszerzeniem \"-old\"." # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-divert.8:123 @@ -4515,95 +5298,94 @@ msgstr "B [I]" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:16 -msgid "B reads information from an unpacked and built Debian source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian upload control file (B<.changes> file)." +msgid "" +"B reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " +"source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " +"upload control file (B<.changes> file)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:23 -msgid "Causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than I to be used." +msgid "" +"Causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than " +"I to be used." msgstr "" # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:41 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:137 +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:41 ../dpkg-source.1:137 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>" msgstr "B<-si>, B<-sa>, B<-sd>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:49 -msgid "These options control whether the original source archive is included in the upload generated by B if any source is being generated (i.e., B<-b> or B<-B> haven't been used)." +msgid "" +"These options control whether the original source archive is included in the " +"upload generated by B if any source is being generated (i." +"e., B<-b> or B<-B> haven't been used)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:57 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:153 -msgid "By default, or if B<-si> is specified, the original source will be included if the version number ends in B<-0> or B<-1>, i.e. if the Debian revision part of the version number is B<0> or B<1>." +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:57 ../dpkg-source.1:153 +msgid "" +"By default, or if B<-si> is specified, the original source will be included " +"if the version number ends in B<-0> or B<-1>, i.e. if the Debian revision " +"part of the version number is B<0> or B<1>." msgstr "" # type: Plain text -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:62 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:158 -msgid "B<-sa> forces the inclusion of the original source; B<-sd> forces its exclusion and includes only the diff." +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:62 ../dpkg-source.1:158 +msgid "" +"B<-sa> forces the inclusion of the original source; B<-sd> forces its " +"exclusion and includes only the diff." msgstr "" # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:62 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:20 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:87 +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:62 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:20 ../dpkg-source.1:87 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-V>IB<=>I" msgstr "B<-V>IB<=>I" # type: Plain text -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:66 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:91 -msgid "Set an output substitution variable. See B(5) for a discussion of output substitution." +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:66 ../dpkg-source.1:91 +msgid "" +"Set an output substitution variable. See B(5) for a " +"discussion of output substitution." msgstr "" # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:66 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:24 -#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:99 +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:66 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:24 ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:99 #: ../dpkg-source.1:91 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "B<-T>I" msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>" # type: Plain text -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:72 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:30 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:97 -msgid "Read substitution variables in I; the default is B." +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:72 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:30 ../dpkg-source.1:97 +msgid "" +"Read substitution variables in I; the default is B." msgstr "" # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:72 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:30 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:97 +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:72 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:30 ../dpkg-source.1:97 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-D>IB<=>I" msgstr "B<-D>IB<=>I" # type: Plain text -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:75 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:33 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:100 +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:75 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:33 ../dpkg-source.1:100 msgid "Override or add an output control file field." msgstr "" # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:75 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:33 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:100 +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:75 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:33 ../dpkg-source.1:100 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-U>I" msgstr "B<-U>I" # type: Plain text -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:78 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:36 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:103 +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:78 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:36 ../dpkg-source.1:103 msgid "Remove an output control file field." msgstr "" @@ -4615,59 +5397,67 @@ msgstr "B<-b>, B<-B>, B<-S>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:101 -msgid "For B and B B<-b> and B<-B> specify that a binary-only build is taking place. B<-b> indicates that no source files are to be built and/or distributed, and B<-B> that no architecture-independent binary package files are to be distributed either. B<-S> specifies that only the source should be uploaded and no binary packages need to be made. The distinction between B<-b> and B<-B> is only used by B; B just produces a B<.changes> file for whatever files were produced by the B target(s) of the package being built." +msgid "" +"For B and B B<-b> and B<-B> specify that " +"a binary-only build is taking place. B<-b> indicates that no source files " +"are to be built and/or distributed, and B<-B> that no architecture-" +"independent binary package files are to be distributed either. B<-S> " +"specifies that only the source should be uploaded and no binary packages " +"need to be made. The distinction between B<-b> and B<-B> is only used by " +"B; B just produces a B<.changes> file " +"for whatever files were produced by the B target(s) of the package " +"being built." msgstr "" # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:101 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:36 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:68 +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:101 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:36 ../dpkg-source.1:68 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-c>I" msgstr "" # type: Plain text -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:106 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:41 -msgid "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default is B." +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:106 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:41 +msgid "" +"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " +"is B." msgstr "" # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:106 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:41 -#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:16 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:75 +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:106 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:41 +#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:16 ../dpkg-source.1:75 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-l>I" msgstr "" # type: Plain text -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:111 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:46 +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:111 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:46 #: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:21 -msgid "Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is B." +msgid "" +"Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is " +"B." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:115 -msgid "Read the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using B." +msgid "" +"Read the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using B." msgstr "" # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:115 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:50 -#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:21 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:82 +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:115 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:50 +#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:21 ../dpkg-source.1:82 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-F>I" msgstr "" # type: Plain text -#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:120 -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:55 -#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:26 -#: ../dpkg-source.1:87 -msgid "Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to the debian standard format." +#: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:120 ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:55 +#: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:26 ../dpkg-source.1:87 +msgid "" +"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a " +"special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to " +"the debian standard format." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -4678,7 +5468,10 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:131 -msgid "Look for the files to be uploaded in I rather than B<..> (B needs to find these files so that it can include their sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)." +msgid "" +"Look for the files to be uploaded in I rather than B<..> " +"(B needs to find these files so that it can include their " +"sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -4689,12 +5482,17 @@ msgstr "B<-q>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:139 -msgid "Usually B will produce informative messages on standard error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages." +msgid "" +"Usually B will produce informative messages on standard " +"error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being " +"uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-genchanges.1:155 -msgid "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. B reads the data here when producing a B<.changes> file." +msgid "" +"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " +"B reads the data here when producing a B<.changes> file." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -4716,7 +5514,10 @@ msgstr "B [I]" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:15 -msgid "B reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control); it also adds an entry for the binary package to B." +msgid "" +"B reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and " +"generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/" +"control); it also adds an entry for the binary package to B." msgstr "" # type: Plain text @@ -4726,7 +5527,9 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:24 -msgid "Set an output substitution variable. See B(5) for discussion of output substitution." +msgid "" +"Set an output substitution variable. See B(5) for discussion " +"of output substitution." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -4737,7 +5540,11 @@ msgstr "B<-p>I" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:62 -msgid "Generate information for the binary package I. If the source control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to generate." +msgid "" +"Generate information for the binary package I. If the source " +"control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; " +"otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to " +"generate." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -4748,7 +5555,9 @@ msgstr "B<-n>I" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:67 -msgid "Assume the filename of the package will be I instead of the normal package_version_arch.deb filename." +msgid "" +"Assume the filename of the package will be I instead of the normal " +"package_version_arch.deb filename." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -4759,7 +5568,12 @@ msgstr "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:76 -msgid "These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of dpkg-dev but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell dpkg-gencontrol to include the Section and Priority fields in the control file. This is now the default behaviour. If you want to get the old behaviour you can use the B<-U> option to delete the fields from the control file." +msgid "" +"These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of dpkg-dev " +"but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell dpkg-gencontrol to " +"include the Section and Priority fields in the control file. This is now the " +"default behaviour. If you want to get the old behaviour you can use the B<-" +"U> option to delete the fields from the control file." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -4770,19 +5584,24 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:89 -msgid "Tells B that the package is being built in I instead of B. This value is used to find the default value of the B substitution variable and control file field (using B), and for the default location of the output file." +msgid "" +"Tells B that the package is being built in I " +"instead of B. This value is used to find the default value of " +"the B substitution variable and control file field (using " +"B), and for the default location of the output file." msgstr "" # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:89 -#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:80 +#: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:89 ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:80 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-O>" msgstr "B<-O>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:98 -msgid "Print the control file to standard output, rather than to B (or IB if B<-P> was used)." +msgid "" +"Print the control file to standard output, rather than to B (or IB if B<-P> was used)." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -4793,12 +5612,17 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:111 -msgid "The main source control information file, giving version-independent information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce." +msgid "" +"The main source control information file, giving version-independent " +"information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-gencontrol.1:118 -msgid "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. B adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose control files it generates here;" +msgid "" +"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " +"B adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose " +"control files it generates here;" msgstr "" # type: TH @@ -4814,20 +5638,26 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-name.1:15 -#, fuzzy msgid "B [I] [B<-->] I" -msgstr "B [I] B<--add>I< EplikE>" +msgstr "B [I] [B<-->] I" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-name.1:27 -msgid "This manual page documents the B program which provides an easy way to rename B packages into their full package names. A full package name consists of IpackageE_EversionE_EarchitectureE.deb> as specified in the control file of the package. The IversionE> part of the filename consists of the upstream version information optionally followed by a hyphen and the revision information." +msgid "" +"This manual page documents the B program which provides an easy " +"way to rename B packages into their full package names. A full " +"package name consists of " +"IpackageE_EversionE_EarchitectureE.deb> as " +"specified in the control file of the package. The IversionE> part " +"of the filename consists of the upstream version information optionally " +"followed by a hyphen and the revision information." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../dpkg-name.1:29 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "B<-a>, B<--no-architecture>" -msgstr "B<-a, --no-architecture>" +msgstr "B<-a>, B<--no-architecture>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-name.1:32 @@ -4853,7 +5683,9 @@ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--overwrite>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-name.1:39 -msgid "Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the destination filename." +msgid "" +"Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the " +"destination filename." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -4864,7 +5696,17 @@ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--subdir> [I]" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-name.1:51 -msgid "Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of the package. The target directory will be `unstable/binary-EarchitectureE/EsectionE'. If the section is not found in the control, then `no-section' is assumed, and in this case, as well as for sections `non-free' and `contrib' the target directory is `EsectionE/binary-EarchitectureE'. The section field isn't required so a lot of packages will find their way to the `no-section' area. Use this option with care, it's messy." +msgid "" +"Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument " +"exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the " +"target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of " +"the package. The target directory will be `unstable/binary-" +"EarchitectureE/EsectionE'. If the section is not found in " +"the control, then `no-section' is assumed, and in this case, as well as for " +"sections `non-free' and `contrib' the target directory is `EsectionE/" +"binary-EarchitectureE'. The section field isn't required so a lot of " +"packages will find their way to the `no-section' area. Use this option with " +"care, it's messy." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -4875,7 +5717,9 @@ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--create-dir>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-name.1:56 -msgid "This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory isn't found it will be created automatically. B" +msgid "" +"This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory " +"isn't found it will be created automatically. B" msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -4898,7 +5742,10 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-name.1:72 -msgid "The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part of `bar-foo.deb')." +msgid "" +"The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or " +"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part " +"of `bar-foo.deb')." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -4909,7 +5756,10 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-name.1:77 -msgid "All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no architecture information." +msgid "" +"All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its " +"subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no " +"architecture information." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -4920,7 +5770,9 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-name.1:83 -msgid "B Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of packages don't come with section information. B" +msgid "" +"B Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of " +"packages don't come with section information. B" msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -4932,25 +5784,40 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-name.1:86 -#, fuzzy msgid "This can be used when building new packages." -msgstr "Ostatnia linia ekranu z wyborem pakietów." +msgstr "Mo¿e zostaæ u¿yte do budowania nowych pakietów." # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-name.1:96 -msgid "Some packages don't follow the name structure EpackageE_EversionE_EarchitectureE.deb. Packages renamed by dpkg-name will follow this structure. Generally this will have no impact on how packages are installed by B(1)/ B(1), but other installation tools might depend on this naming structure." +msgid "" +"Some packages don't follow the name structure " +"EpackageE_EversionE_EarchitectureE.deb. Packages " +"renamed by dpkg-name will follow this structure. Generally this will have no " +"impact on how packages are installed by B(1)/ B(1), but other " +"installation tools might depend on this naming structure." msgstr "" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-name.1:104 -msgid "B(5), B(5), B(1), B(1), B(1), B(1)." -msgstr "B(5), B(5), B(1), B(1), B(1), B(1)." +msgid "" +"B(5), B(5), B(1), B(1), B(1), " +"B(1)." +msgstr "" +"B(5), B(5), B(1), B(1), B(1), " +"B(1)." # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-name.1:111 -msgid "Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is B warranty." -msgstr "Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst.B jest oprogramowaniem wolnym, sprawd¼ Powszechn± Licencjê Publiczn± GNU w wersji drugiej lub pó¼niejszej, by dowiedzieæ siê o warunkach dystrybucji. Brak B gwarancji." +msgid "" +"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B is free software; see " +"the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. " +"There is B warranty." +msgstr "" +"Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst.B jest oprogramowaniem " +"wolnym, sprawd¼ Powszechn± Licencjê Publiczn± GNU w wersji drugiej lub " +"pó¼niejszej, by dowiedzieæ siê o warunkach dystrybucji. Brak " +"B gwarancji." # type: Plain text # @@ -4963,7 +5830,7 @@ msgstr "dpkg-parsechangelog" #: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:4 #, fuzzy msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog - parse Debian changelog files" -msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages - tworzy plik Packages" +msgstr "dpkg-parsechangelog - przetwarza plik zmian Debiana" # type: Plain text # @@ -4973,19 +5840,24 @@ msgstr "B [I]" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:14 -msgid "B reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a machine-readable form." +msgid "" +"B reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian " +"source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a " +"machine-readable form." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:26 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "B<-L>I" -msgstr "B<-U>I" +msgstr "B<-L>I" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "FIXME not used in the source!?" msgstr "" +"Ró¿ne punkty s± oznaczone w ¼ród³ach jako \"FIXME\", czyli do poprawienia." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:41 @@ -4995,7 +5867,11 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-parsechangelog.1:47 -msgid "The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the changes made since a particular release, and the source version number itself." +msgid "" +"The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the " +"source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the " +"changes made since a particular release, and the source version number " +"itself." msgstr "" # type: Plain text @@ -5020,8 +5896,12 @@ msgstr "B [I...] I" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-query.1:12 -msgid "B is a tool to show information about packages listed in the B database." -msgstr "B jest narzêdziem s³u¿±cym do pokazywania informacji o pakietach wymienionych w bazie danych B." +msgid "" +"B is a tool to show information about packages listed in the " +"B database." +msgstr "" +"B jest narzêdziem s³u¿±cym do pokazywania informacji o pakietach " +"wymienionych w bazie danych B." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-query.1:14 @@ -5032,8 +5912,22 @@ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list> I ..." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-query.1:23 -msgid "List packages matching given pattern. If no I is given, list all packages in I, excluding the ones marked with state purge. Normal shell wildchars are allowed in I. Please note you will probably have to quote I to prevent the shell from performing filename expansion. For example this will list all package names starting with ``libc6'':" -msgstr "Wypisuje listê pakietów o podanym wzorcu nazwy. Je¶li nie podano I, wypisuje listê wszystkich pakietów z pliku I, pomijaj±c jednak te, które s± oznaczone jako do wyczyszczenia z plików konfiguracyjnych (purge). Do I mo¿na wpisaæ zwyk³e operatory powtórzenia. Prawdopodobnie potrzebne bêdzie zacytowanie I, aby pow³oka nie rozwinê³a tego wzorca. Na przyk³ad, poni¿sze polecenie wypisze nazwy wszystkich pakietów zaczynaj±cych siê od ``libc6'':" +msgid "" +"List packages matching given pattern. If no I is " +"given, list all packages in I, excluding the ones " +"marked with state purge. Normal shell wildchars are allowed in I. Please note you will probably have to quote I to prevent the shell from performing filename expansion. For " +"example this will list all package names starting with ``libc6'':" +msgstr "" +"Wypisuje listê pakietów o podanym wzorcu nazwy. Je¶li nie podano I, wypisuje listê wszystkich pakietów z pliku I, pomijaj±c jednak te, które s± oznaczone jako do wyczyszczenia z " +"plików konfiguracyjnych (purge). Do I mo¿na wpisaæ " +"zwyk³e operatory powtórzenia. Prawdopodobnie potrzebne bêdzie zacytowanie " +"I, aby pow³oka nie rozwinê³a tego wzorca. Na przyk³ad, " +"poni¿sze polecenie wypisze nazwy wszystkich pakietów zaczynaj±cych siê od " +"``libc6'':" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-query.1:27 @@ -5043,8 +5937,17 @@ msgstr " B\n" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-query.1:33 -msgid "The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--showformat> for a way to configure the output format." -msgstr "Format wyj¶cia tej opcji nie jest konfigurowalny, ale automatycznie siê zmienia, dostosowuj±c siê do szeroko¶ci terminalu. Jest to przeznaczone dla ludzi i nie musi byæ ³atwo parsowalne przez maszynê. Patrz opcje B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--showformat>, aby dowiedzieæ siê, jak skonfigurowaæ format wyj¶cia." +msgid "" +"The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies " +"automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, " +"and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--" +"showformat> for a way to configure the output format." +msgstr "" +"Format wyj¶cia tej opcji nie jest konfigurowalny, ale automatycznie siê " +"zmienia, dostosowuj±c siê do szeroko¶ci terminalu. Jest to przeznaczone dla " +"ludzi i nie musi byæ ³atwo parsowalne przez maszynê. Patrz opcje B<-W> (B<--" +"show>) and B<--showformat>, aby dowiedzieæ siê, jak skonfigurowaæ format " +"wyj¶cia." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-query.1:33 @@ -5055,8 +5958,18 @@ msgstr "B<-W>, B<--show> I ..." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-query.1:40 -msgid "Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the given pattern. However the output can be customized using the B<--showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per matching package, each line having the name and installed version of the package, separated by a tab." -msgstr "Zupe³nie tak jak opcja B<--list>, ta opcja wy¶wietli wszystkie pakiety pasuj±ce do danego wzorca. Jednak¿e u¿ytkownik mo¿e dostosowaæ format wyj¶cia do swoich potrzeb za pomoc± opcji B<--showformat>. W domy¶lnym formacie dla ka¿dego pasuj±cego pakietu wy¶wietlana jest pojedyncza linia zawieraj±ca jego nazwê oraz - po znaku tabulacji - zainstalowan± wersjê." +msgid "" +"Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the " +"given pattern. However the output can be customized using the B<--" +"showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per matching " +"package, each line having the name and installed version of the package, " +"separated by a tab." +msgstr "" +"Zupe³nie tak jak opcja B<--list>, ta opcja wy¶wietli wszystkie pakiety " +"pasuj±ce do danego wzorca. Jednak¿e u¿ytkownik mo¿e dostosowaæ format " +"wyj¶cia do swoich potrzeb za pomoc± opcji B<--showformat>. W domy¶lnym " +"formacie dla ka¿dego pasuj±cego pakietu wy¶wietlana jest pojedyncza linia " +"zawieraj±ca jego nazwê oraz - po znaku tabulacji - zainstalowan± wersjê." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-query.1:40 @@ -5067,8 +5980,12 @@ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--status> I ..." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-query.1:44 -msgid "Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the installed package status database." -msgstr "Podanie stanu pakietu o podanej nazwie. Polecenie po prostu wy¶wietli informacje, które znajduj± siê w bazie danych pakietów." +msgid "" +"Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the " +"installed package status database." +msgstr "" +"Podanie stanu pakietu o podanej nazwie. Polecenie po prostu wy¶wietli " +"informacje, które znajduj± siê w bazie danych pakietów." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-query.1:44 @@ -5079,8 +5996,12 @@ msgstr "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I ..." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-query.1:49 -msgid "List files installed to your system from B. However, note that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not listed." -msgstr "Podanie listy plików zainstalowanych z B. Pliki, które zosta³y utworzone przez skrypty instalacyjne, nie bêd± podane." +msgid "" +"List files installed to your system from B. However, note " +"that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not listed." +msgstr "" +"Podanie listy plików zainstalowanych z B. Pliki, które " +"zosta³y utworzone przez skrypty instalacyjne, nie bêd± podane." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-query.1:49 @@ -5091,8 +6012,15 @@ msgstr "B<-S>, B<--search> I ..." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-query.1:55 -msgid "Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell wildchars can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives." -msgstr "Szukanie pliku o podanym wzorcu po¶ród zainstalowanych pakietów. Wzorzec mo¿e zawieraæ zwyk³e operatory powtórzenia. Polecenie to nie wyszuka dodatkowych plików tworzonych przez skrypty instalacyjne pakietów oraz nie wy¶wietli alternatyw." +msgid "" +"Search for a filename from installed packages. All standard shell wildchars " +"can be used in the pattern. This command will not list extra files created " +"by maintainer scripts, nor will it list alternatives." +msgstr "" +"Szukanie pliku o podanym wzorcu po¶ród zainstalowanych pakietów. Wzorzec " +"mo¿e zawieraæ zwyk³e operatory powtórzenia. Polecenie to nie wyszuka " +"dodatkowych plików tworzonych przez skrypty instalacyjne pakietów oraz nie " +"wy¶wietli alternatyw." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-query.1:55 @@ -5103,8 +6031,12 @@ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-query.1:59 -msgid "Display details about I, as found in I." -msgstr "Pokazanie szczegó³owych informacji o I, znalezionych w pliku I." +msgid "" +"Display details about I, as found in I." +msgstr "" +"Pokazanie szczegó³owych informacji o I, znalezionych w pliku " +"I." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-query.1:74 @@ -5131,13 +6063,28 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-query.1:92 -msgid "\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<$>\\(rq." -msgstr "\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq poprzedzaj±cy jakikolwiek inny znak znosi specjalne znaczenie nastêpuj±cego po nim znaku, co mo¿e byæ przydatne dla \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq oraz \\(lqB<$>\\(rq." +msgid "" +"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning " +"of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<" +"$>\\(rq." +msgstr "" +"\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq poprzedzaj±cy jakikolwiek inny znak znosi specjalne " +"znaczenie nastêpuj±cego po nim znaku, co mo¿e byæ przydatne dla \\(lqB<\\e>" +"\\(rq oraz \\(lqB<$>\\(rq." # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-query.1:98 -msgid "Package information can be included by inserting variable references to package fields using the syntax \\(lqB<${>I[B<;>I]B<}>\\(rq. Fields are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case left alignment will be used. The following Is are recognised:" -msgstr "Informacje o pakiecie mo¿na wy¶wietlaæ, dodaj±c odwo³ania do pól pakietu, u¿ywaj±c sk³adni \\(lqB<${>I[B<;>I]B<}>\\(rq. Pola s± wyrównywane do prawej strony, chyba ¿e I jest liczb± ujemn±, w którym to wypadku bêdzie u¿yte wyrównanie do lewej strony. Rozpoznawane s± nastêpuj±ce I:" +msgid "" +"Package information can be included by inserting variable references to " +"package fields using the syntax \\(lqB<${>I[B<;>I]B<}>\\(rq. " +"Fields are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case " +"left alignment will be used. The following Is are recognised:" +msgstr "" +"Informacje o pakiecie mo¿na wy¶wietlaæ, dodaj±c odwo³ania do pól pakietu, " +"u¿ywaj±c sk³adni \\(lqB<${>I[B<;>I]B<}>\\(rq. Pola s± " +"wyrównywane do prawej strony, chyba ¿e I jest liczb± ujemn±, w " +"którym to wypadku bêdzie u¿yte wyrównanie do lewej strony. Rozpoznawane s± " +"nastêpuj±ce I:" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-query.1:129 @@ -5204,8 +6151,16 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-query.1:137 #, fuzzy -msgid "The default format string is \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the dpkg maintainer and the installed version, you could run:" -msgstr "Domy¶lnym formatem jest \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. Aby wy¶wietliæ nazwê opiekuna pakietu dpkg i zainstalowan± wersjê tego pakietu, mo¿na uruchomiæ:" +msgid "" +"The default format string is \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. " +"Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined " +"fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no " +"conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the dpkg " +"maintainer and the installed version, you could run:" +msgstr "" +"Domy¶lnym formatem jest \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. Aby " +"wy¶wietliæ nazwê opiekuna pakietu dpkg i zainstalowan± wersjê tego pakietu, " +"mo¿na uruchomiæ:" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-query.1:141 @@ -5221,8 +6176,11 @@ msgstr " # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-query.1:148 -msgid "This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the width of its output." -msgstr "Zmienna ta wp³ywa na wyj¶cie polecenia B<--list>, zmieniaj±c jego szeroko¶æ." +msgid "" +"This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the " +"width of its output." +msgstr "" +"Zmienna ta wp³ywa na wyj¶cie polecenia B<--list>, zmieniaj±c jego szeroko¶æ." # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-query.1:151 @@ -5230,15 +6188,13 @@ msgid "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" msgstr "Copyright 2001 Wichert Akkerman" # type: UR -#: ../dpkg-query.1:151 -#: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:83 +#: ../dpkg-query.1:151 ../dpkg-statoverride.8:83 #, no-wrap msgid "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" msgstr "mailto:wakkerma@debian.org" # type: Plain text -#: ../dpkg-query.1:153 -#: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:85 +#: ../dpkg-query.1:153 ../dpkg-statoverride.8:85 msgid "Ewakkerma@debian.orgE" msgstr "Ewakkerma@debian.orgE" @@ -5255,37 +6211,59 @@ msgstr "dpkg-scanpackages - tworzy plik Packages" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:28 -msgid "B [I] I [I [I]] B> I" +msgid "" +"B [I] I [I [I]] B> I" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:41 -msgid "B sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and creates a Packages file, used by B(8), B(1), etc, to tell the user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use B yourself if making a directory of local packages to install on a cluster of machines." +msgid "" +"B sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and " +"creates a Packages file, used by B(8), B(1), etc, to tell the " +"user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are " +"the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use " +"B yourself if making a directory of local packages to " +"install on a cluster of machines." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:51 -msgid "B If you want to access the generated Packages file with B you will probably need to compress the file with B(1) (generating a Packages.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Packages files except on local access (i.e. B sources)." +msgid "" +"B If you want to access the generated Packages file with B you " +"will probably need to compress the file with B(1) (generating a " +"Packages.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Packages files except on local " +"access (i.e. B sources)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:58 -msgid "I is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process (for example, B). It is best to make this relative to the root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new Packages file will start with this string." +msgid "" +"I is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process (for " +"example, B). It is best to make this relative to the " +"root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new Packages " +"file will start with this string." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:62 -msgid "I is the name of a file to read which contains information about how the package fits into the distribution; see below." +msgid "" +"I is the name of a file to read which contains information " +"about how the package fits into the distribution; see below." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:65 -msgid "I is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields." +msgid "" +"I is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:69 -msgid "If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in architecture only the first one found is used." +msgid "" +"If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is " +"included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in " +"architecture only the first one found is used." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -5307,7 +6285,9 @@ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--arch> I" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:78 -msgid "Use a pattern consisting of I<*_all.deb> and I<*_arch.deb> instead of scanning for all debs," +msgid "" +"Use a pattern consisting of I<*_all.deb> and I<*_arch.deb> instead of " +"scanning for all debs," msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -5322,15 +6302,18 @@ msgid "Include all found packages in the output." msgstr "" # type: SH -#: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:88 -#: ../update-alternatives.8:346 +#: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:88 ../update-alternatives.8:346 #, no-wrap msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" msgstr "DIAGNOSTYKA" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-scanpackages.1:94 -msgid "B outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect." +msgid "" +"B outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also " +"warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, " +"have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override " +"file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect." msgstr "" # type: Plain text @@ -5347,32 +6330,53 @@ msgstr "dpkg-scansources" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-scansources.1:4 -msgid "dpkg-scansources - search for '.dsc' files and build the 'Sources' index" +msgid "" +"dpkg-scansources - search for '.dsc' files and build the 'Sources' index" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-scansources.1:13 -msgid "B [I] I [I [I]] B> I" +msgid "" +"B [I] I [I [I]] B> I" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-scansources.1:18 -msgid "B scans the given I for I<.dsc> files. These are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout." +msgid "" +"B scans the given I for I<.dsc> files. These " +"are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-scansources.1:29 -msgid "The I, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> files. See B(1) for the format of this file. \\s-1NB:\\s0 Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source, packages, there's a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses the highest priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for the priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first binary package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. This might change." +msgid "" +"The I, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting " +"index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> " +"files. See B(1) for the format of this file. \\s-1NB:" +"\\s0 Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source, packages, " +"there's a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses the highest " +"priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for the " +"priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first binary " +"package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. This " +"might change." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-scansources.1:33 -msgid "The I, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy." +msgid "" +"The I, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the " +"generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields " +"contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-scansources.1:44 -msgid "B If you want to access the generated Sources file with B(8) you will probably need to compress the file with B(1) (generating a Sources.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Sources files except on local access (i.e. B sources)." +msgid "" +"B If you want to access the generated Sources file with B(8) " +"you will probably need to compress the file with B(1) (generating a " +"Sources.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Sources files except on local " +"access (i.e. B sources)." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -5383,7 +6387,9 @@ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-scansources.1:49 -msgid "Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package name." +msgid "" +"Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package " +"name." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -5394,17 +6400,23 @@ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-scansources.1:52 -msgid "Use I as the source override file. The default is the name of the override file you specified with I<.src> appended." +msgid "" +"Use I as the source override file. The default is the name of the " +"override file you specified with I<.src> appended." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-scansources.1:58 -msgid "The source override file is in a different format from the binary override file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files the source override takes precedence for setting the section." +msgid "" +"The source override file is in a different format from the binary override " +"file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the " +"source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment " +"lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files " +"the source override takes precedence for setting the section." msgstr "" # type: TP -#: ../dpkg-scansources.1:58 -#: ../install-info.8:272 +#: ../dpkg-scansources.1:58 ../install-info.8:272 #, no-wrap msgid "B<--debug>" msgstr "B<--debug>" @@ -5425,25 +6437,37 @@ msgid "Roderick Schertler Eroderick@argon.orgE" msgstr "Roderick Schertler Eroderick@argon.orgE" # type: TH -#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:1 -#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:4 +#: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:1 ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:4 #, no-wrap msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps" msgstr "dpkg-shlibdeps" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:10 -msgid "B [I] I|B<-e>I [I]" +msgid "" +"B [I] I|B<-e>I [I]" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:35 -msgid "B calculates shared library dependencies for executables named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution variables file B as variable names BI where I is a dependency field name. Any other variables starting I are removed from the file. B will read shared library dependency information from B, B, the B control area file of the package containing the file which B reports as satisfying the library dependency, or B. The first match will be used." +msgid "" +"B calculates shared library dependencies for executables " +"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution " +"variables file B as variable names BI where I is a dependency field name. Any " +"other variables starting I are removed from the file. B will read shared library dependency information from B, B, the B control area file " +"of the package containing the file which B reports as satisfying " +"the library dependency, or B. The first match " +"will be used." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:41 -msgid "B interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I." +msgid "" +"B interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just " +"as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -5454,7 +6478,9 @@ msgstr "B<-e>I" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:45 -msgid "Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by I." +msgid "" +"Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by " +"I." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -5465,17 +6491,28 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:51 -msgid "Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field I. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the variable BI.)" +msgid "" +"Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field " +"I. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the " +"variable BI.)" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:61 -msgid "The B<-d>I option takes effect for all executables after the option, until the next B<-d>I. The default I is B." +msgid "" +"The B<-d>I option takes effect for all executables after " +"the option, until the next B<-d>I. The default " +"I is B." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:69 -msgid "If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than one of the recognised dependency field names B, B, B, B or B then B will automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one representing the most important dependencies." +msgid "" +"If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than " +"one of the recognised dependency field names B, B, " +"B, B or B then B will " +"automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one " +"representing the most important dependencies." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -5486,12 +6523,18 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:80 -msgid "Start substitution variables with IB<:> instead of B. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with IB<:> (rather than B) are removed from the the substitution variables file." +msgid "" +"Start substitution variables with IB<:> instead of B. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with " +"IB<:> (rather than B) are removed from the the " +"substitution variables file." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:86 -msgid "Print substitution variable settings to standard output, rather than being added to the substitution variables file (B by default)." +msgid "" +"Print substitution variable settings to standard output, rather than being " +"added to the substitution variables file (B by default)." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -5502,7 +6545,12 @@ msgstr "B<-t>I" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:93 -msgid "Prefer shared library dependency information tagged for the given package type. If no tagged information is available, falls back to untagged information. The default package type is \"deb\". Shared library dependency information is tagged for a given type by prefixing it with the name of the type, a colon, and whitespace." +msgid "" +"Prefer shared library dependency information tagged for the given package " +"type. If no tagged information is available, falls back to untagged " +"information. The default package type is \"deb\". Shared library dependency " +"information is tagged for a given type by prefixing it with the name of the " +"type, a colon, and whitespace." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -5513,12 +6561,16 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:99 -msgid "Read overriding shared library dependency information from I instead of B." +msgid "" +"Read overriding shared library dependency information from " +"I instead of B." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-shlibdeps.1:105 -msgid "Write substitution variables in I; the default is B." +msgid "" +"Write substitution variables in I; the default is B." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -5569,69 +6621,101 @@ msgstr "dpkg-source" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-source.1:6 -#, fuzzy msgid "dpkg-source, - Debian source package tools" -msgstr "B tworzy i rozpakowuje ¼ród³owe archiwa (pakiety) Debiana." +msgstr "dpkg-source - narzêdzia do zarz±dzania ¼ród³owymi pakietami Debiana" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-source.1:11 -#, fuzzy msgid "B [I] I" -msgstr "B [I] I" +msgstr "B [I] I" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-source.1:15 msgid "B packs and unpacks Debian source archives." -msgstr "B tworzy i rozpakowuje ¼ród³owe archiwa (pakiety) Debiana." +msgstr "" +"B tworzy i rozpakowuje ¼ród³owe archiwa (pakiety) Debiana." # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-source.1:19 -msgid "None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate argument." +msgid "" +"None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and " +"they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate " +"argument." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../dpkg-source.1:21 #, no-wrap msgid "B<-x >IB<.dsc >[I]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "B<-x >IB<.dsc >[I]" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-source.1:31 -msgid "Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the name of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the source package is extracted into a directory named I-I under the current working directory." +msgid "" +"Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the name " +"of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option " +"argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source " +"package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the " +"source package is extracted into a directory named I-I " +"under the current working directory." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-source.1:37 -msgid "B will read the names of the other file(s) making up the source package from the control file; they are assumed to be in the same directory as the B<.dsc>." +msgid "" +"B will read the names of the other file(s) making up the source " +"package from the control file; they are assumed to be in the same directory " +"as the B<.dsc>." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-source.1:45 -msgid "The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership." +msgid "" +"The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and " +"ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and " +"directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will " +"be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' " +"umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will " +"be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership." msgstr "" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-source.1:45 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "B<-b> [I] I [I|I|'']" -msgstr "B B<-b>|B<--build> I [I|I]" +msgstr "B<-b> [I] I [I|I|'']" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-source.1:60 -msgid "Build a source package. One or two non-option arguments should be supplied. The first is taken as the name of the directory containing the unpacked source tree. If a second argument is supplied it should be the name of the original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the package is a Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no second argument is supplied then B will look for the original source tarfile IB<_>IB<.orig.tar.gz> or the original source directory IB<.orig> or the empty string (no original source, and so no diff) depending on the arguments." +msgid "" +"Build a source package. One or two non-option arguments should be supplied. " +"The first is taken as the name of the directory containing the unpacked " +"source tree. If a second argument is supplied it should be the name of the " +"original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the package is a " +"Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no second argument " +"is supplied then B will look for the original source tarfile " +"IB<_>IB<.orig.tar.gz> or the original source " +"directory IB<.orig> or the empty string (no original source, and " +"so no diff) depending on the arguments." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-source.1:75 -msgid "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default is B. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted starting at the source tree's top level directory." +msgid "" +"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " +"is B. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted " +"starting at the source tree's top level directory." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-source.1:82 -msgid "Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is B. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted starting at the source tree's top level directory." +msgid "" +"Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is " +"B. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted " +"starting at the source tree's top level directory." msgstr "" # type: Plain text @@ -5646,17 +6730,37 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-source.1:118 -msgid "You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered out of the list of files for the diff. (This list is generated by a find command.) B<-i> by itself enables the option, with a default that will filter out control files and directories of the most common revision control systems, backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories." +msgid "" +"You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered " +"out of the list of files for the diff. (This list is generated by a find " +"command.) B<-i> by itself enables the option, with a default that will " +"filter out control files and directories of the most common revision control " +"systems, backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-source.1:130 -msgid "This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in the .diff.gz, (eg: \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" or \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). For instance, if you maintain a package that you track via remote CVS, where you don't have access permissions for committing the debian control files and making tags for I, it is necessary to perform an extra checkout/update into a directory you keep pristine, to generate the .orig.tar.gz from. That directory will have CVS/Entries files in it that will contain timestamps that differ from the ones in your working directory, thus causing them to be unnecessarily included in every .diff.gz, unless you use the B<-i> switch." +msgid "" +"This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in " +"the .diff.gz, (eg: \"debian/BUGS_TODO/*\" or \"debian/RCS/*,v\"). For " +"instance, if you maintain a package that you track via remote CVS, where you " +"don't have access permissions for committing the debian control files and " +"making tags for I, it is necessary to perform an extra " +"checkout/update into a directory you keep pristine, to generate the .orig." +"tar.gz from. That directory will have CVS/Entries files in it that will " +"contain timestamps that differ from the ones in your working directory, thus " +"causing them to be unnecessarily included in every .diff.gz, unless you use " +"the B<-i> switch." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-source.1:137 -msgid "If this option is specified, the filename will be passed to tar's --exclude option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar.gz or .tar.gz file. For example, -ICVS will make tar skip over CVS directories when generating a .tar.gz file. The option may be repeated multiple times to list multiple filenames to exclude." +msgid "" +"If this option is specified, the filename will be passed to tar's --exclude " +"option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar.gz or .tar.gz file. For " +"example, -ICVS will make tar skip over CVS directories when generating a ." +"tar.gz file. The option may be repeated multiple times to list multiple " +"filenames to exclude." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -5667,32 +6771,64 @@ msgstr "B<-sa>,B<-sp>,B<-su>,B<-sk>,B<-sA>,B<-sP>,B<-sU>,B<-sK>,B<-ss> z B<-b>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-source.1:173 -msgid "If B<-sk> or B<-sp> is specified B expects the original source as a tarfile, by default IB<_>IB<.orig.tar.gz>. It will leave this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the current directory if it isn't already there If B<-sp> is used rather than B<-sk> it will remove it again afterwards." +msgid "" +"If B<-sk> or B<-sp> is specified B expects the original source " +"as a tarfile, by default IB<_>IB<.orig.tar.gz>. " +"It will leave this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the " +"current directory if it isn't already there If B<-sp> is used rather than B<-" +"sk> it will remove it again afterwards." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-source.1:185 -msgid "If B<-su> or B<-sr> is specified the original source is expected as a directory, by default IB<->IB<.orig> and B will create a new original source archive from it. If B<-sr> is used B" +msgid "" +"If B<-su> or B<-sr> is specified the original source is expected as a " +"directory, by default IB<->IB<.orig> and B will create a new original source archive from it. If B<-sr> is used " +"B" msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-source.1:196 -msgid "If B<-ss> is specified B will expect that the original source is available both as a directory and as a tarfile. If will use the directory to create the diff, but the tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must be used with care - if the directory and tarfile do not match a bad source archive will be generated." +msgid "" +"If B<-ss> is specified B will expect that the original source " +"is available both as a directory and as a tarfile. If will use the directory " +"to create the diff, but the tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must " +"be used with care - if the directory and tarfile do not match a bad source " +"archive will be generated." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-source.1:205 -msgid "If B<-sn> is specified B will not look for any original source, and will not generate a diff. The second argument, if supplied, must be the empty string. This is used for Debian-specific packages which do not have a separate upstream source and therefore have no debianisation diffs." +msgid "" +"If B<-sn> is specified B will not look for any original source, " +"and will not generate a diff. The second argument, if supplied, must be the " +"empty string. This is used for Debian-specific packages which do not have a " +"separate upstream source and therefore have no debianisation diffs." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-source.1:234 -msgid "If B<-sa> or B<-sA> is specified B will look for the original source archive as a tarfile or as a directory - the second argument, if any, may be either, or the empty string (this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If a tarfile is found it will unpack it to create the diff and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sp>); if a directory is found it will pack it to create the original source and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found it will assume that the package has no debianisation diffs, only a straightforward source archive (this is equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are found then dpkg-source will ignore the directory, overwriting it, if B<-sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-sP>) or raise an error if B<-sa> was specified. B<-sA> is the default." +msgid "" +"If B<-sa> or B<-sA> is specified B will look for the original " +"source archive as a tarfile or as a directory - the second argument, if any, " +"may be either, or the empty string (this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If " +"a tarfile is found it will unpack it to create the diff and remove it " +"afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sp>); if a directory is found it will " +"pack it to create the original source and remove it afterwards (this is " +"equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found it will assume that the package " +"has no debianisation diffs, only a straightforward source archive (this is " +"equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are found then dpkg-source will ignore the " +"directory, overwriting it, if B<-sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-" +"sP>) or raise an error if B<-sa> was specified. B<-sA> is the default." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-source.1:240 -msgid "B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead." +msgid "" +"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing " +"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-" +"sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -5708,36 +6844,46 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-source.1:250 -msgid "If B<-sp> is used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be left as a tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or if an existing but different file is there it will be copied there. This is the default." +msgid "" +"If B<-sp> is used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be " +"left as a tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or " +"if an existing but different file is there it will be copied there. This is " +"the default." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-source.1:253 -#, fuzzy msgid "B<-su> unpacks the original source tree." -msgstr "B<-su> rozpakowuje oryginalne the original source tree." +msgstr "B<-su> rozpakowuje oryginalne" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-source.1:258 -msgid "B<-sn> ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current directory nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current directory is still removed." +msgid "" +"B<-sn> ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current " +"directory nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current " +"directory is still removed." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-source.1:263 -msgid "All the B<-sX> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than one only the last one will be used." +msgid "" +"All the B<-sX> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than one " +"only the last one will be used." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-source.1:274 -msgid "The binary package entries in the B file will be passed through variable substitution twice. This should not matter, since B<$>, B<{> and B<}> are not legal in package names or version numbers." +msgid "" +"The binary package entries in the B file will be passed " +"through variable substitution twice. This should not matter, since B<$>, B<" +"{> and B<}> are not legal in package names or version numbers." msgstr "" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-source.1:279 -#, fuzzy msgid "B(1), B(1), B(1)." -msgstr "B(1), B(1), B(1), B(1), B(1)." +msgstr "B(1), B(1), B(1)." # type: TH #: ../dpkg-split.1:2 @@ -5754,40 +6900,62 @@ msgstr "dpkg-split - narz # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:10 -#, fuzzy msgid "B [I] I" -msgstr "B [I] I" +msgstr "B [I] I" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:16 -msgid "B splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on small media such as floppy disks." -msgstr "B dzieli pakiety binarne Debiana na mniejsze czê¶ci oraz scala je z powrotem, tak ¿e mo¿liwe jest przechowanie wiêkszych pakietów na ma³ych no¶nikach, takich jak dyskietki." +msgid "" +"B splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and " +"reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on " +"small media such as floppy disks." +msgstr "" +"B dzieli pakiety binarne Debiana na mniejsze czê¶ci oraz scala " +"je z powrotem, tak ¿e mo¿liwe jest przechowanie wiêkszych pakietów na ma³ych " +"no¶nikach, takich jak dyskietki." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:20 -msgid "It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> options." -msgstr "Program wywo³uje siê rêcznie, wraz z opcj± B<--split>, B<--join> lub B<--info>." +msgid "" +"It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> " +"options." +msgstr "" +"Program wywo³uje siê rêcznie, wraz z opcj± B<--split>, B<--join> lub B<--" +"info>." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:28 -msgid "It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--discard> options allow the management of the queue." -msgstr "Mo¿liwe jest tak¿e wywo³anie automatyczne, poprzez u¿ycie opcji B<--auto>. Wtedy to tworzona jest kolejka czê¶ci pakietu, a gdy wszystkie czê¶ci bêd± dostêpne, ca³y pakiet zostanie odtworzony. Opcje B<--listq> i B<--discard> pozwalaj± na zarz±dzanie kolejk±." +msgid "" +"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it " +"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a " +"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--" +"discard> options allow the management of the queue." +msgstr "" +"Mo¿liwe jest tak¿e wywo³anie automatyczne, poprzez u¿ycie opcji B<--auto>. " +"Wtedy to tworzona jest kolejka czê¶ci pakietu, a gdy wszystkie czê¶ci bêd± " +"dostêpne, ca³y pakiet zostanie odtworzony. Opcje B<--listq> i B<--discard> " +"pozwalaj± na zarz±dzanie kolejk±." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:31 -msgid "All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages on standard output; these may safely be ignored." -msgstr "Wszystkie dzia³ania, takie jak rozdzielanie, ³±czenie, czy kolejkowanie, powoduj± wy¶wietlenie informacji na standardowe wyj¶cie. Informacje te mo¿na zignorowaæ." +msgid "" +"All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages " +"on standard output; these may safely be ignored." +msgstr "" +"Wszystkie dzia³ania, takie jak rozdzielanie, ³±czenie, czy kolejkowanie, " +"powoduj± wy¶wietlenie informacji na standardowe wyj¶cie. Informacje te mo¿na " +"zignorowaæ." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:33 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "B<-s>, B<--split> I [I]" -msgstr "B B<-s>|B<--split> I [I]" +msgstr "B<-s>, B<--split> I [I]" # type: Plain text # @@ -5798,14 +6966,25 @@ msgstr "Rozdzielenie pojedynczego pakietu binarnego na poszczeg # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:44 -msgid "The parts are named IB<.>IBIB<.deb> where I is the part number, starting at 1, and I is the total number of parts (both in decimal)." -msgstr "Czê¶ci maj± nazwê IB<.>IBIB<.deb> gdzie I jest numerem czê¶ci, rozpoczynaj±c od 1, a I jest liczb± wszystkich czê¶ci (dziesiêtnie)." +msgid "" +"The parts are named IB<.>IBIB<.deb> where I is the part " +"number, starting at 1, and I is the total number of parts (both in " +"decimal)." +msgstr "" +"Czê¶ci maj± nazwê IB<.>IBIB<.deb> gdzie I jest " +"numerem czê¶ci, rozpoczynaj±c od 1, a I jest liczb± wszystkich czê¶ci " +"(dziesiêtnie)." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:52 -msgid "If no I is supplied then the I filename is taken, including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed." -msgstr "Je¶li nie podano I, to u¿yta jest nazwa pliku I, wraz z katalogiem, gdy jest okre¶lony. Ponadto usuniêta jest koñcówka B<.deb>." +msgid "" +"If no I is supplied then the I filename is taken, " +"including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed." +msgstr "" +"Je¶li nie podano I, to u¿yta jest nazwa pliku I, wraz z katalogiem, gdy jest okre¶lony. Ponadto usuniêta jest " +"koñcówka B<.deb>." # type: Plain text # @@ -5817,26 +6996,42 @@ msgstr "B<-j>, B<--join> I..." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:56 -msgid "Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file as it was before it was split." -msgstr "£±czenie czê¶ci pakietu i odtworzenie oryginalnego pliku sprzed dzielenia." +msgid "" +"Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file " +"as it was before it was split." +msgstr "" +"£±czenie czê¶ci pakietu i odtworzenie oryginalnego pliku sprzed dzielenia." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:60 -msgid "The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order." -msgstr "Pliki podane jako argumenty musz± byæ czê¶ciami tego samego oryginalnego pakietu. Ka¿da czê¶æ musi pojawiæ siê raz na li¶cie argumentów, ale nie jest konieczne zachowanie w³a¶ciwej kolejno¶ci." +msgid "" +"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same " +"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument " +"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order." +msgstr "" +"Pliki podane jako argumenty musz± byæ czê¶ciami tego samego oryginalnego " +"pakietu. Ka¿da czê¶æ musi pojawiæ siê raz na li¶cie argumentów, ale nie jest " +"konieczne zachowanie w³a¶ciwej kolejno¶ci." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:65 -msgid "The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been generated by the same invocation of B." -msgstr "Czê¶ci musz± byæ wygenerowane z u¿yciem tego samego rozmiaru, co oznacza, ¿e musz± to byæ te same czê¶ci utworzone za pomoc± polecenia B." +msgid "" +"The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size " +"specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been " +"generated by the same invocation of B." +msgstr "" +"Czê¶ci musz± byæ wygenerowane z u¿yciem tego samego rozmiaru, co oznacza, ¿e " +"musz± to byæ te same czê¶ci utworzone za pomoc± polecenia B." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:67 msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process." -msgstr "Nazwy plików czê¶ci nie maj± znaczenia dla procesu odtworzenia pakietu." +msgstr "" +"Nazwy plików czê¶ci nie maj± znaczenia dla procesu odtworzenia pakietu." # type: Plain text # @@ -5854,51 +7049,82 @@ msgstr "B<-I>, B<--info> I..." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:76 -msgid "Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message saying so instead (but still on standard output)." -msgstr "Wy¶wietlanie informacji, podanych w formacie czytelnym dla cz³owieka, o czê¶ciach pakietu. Argumenty, które nie s± czê¶ci± pakietu, powoduj± wy¶wietlenie informacji o tym fakcie na standardowym wyj¶ciu." +msgid "" +"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) " +"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message " +"saying so instead (but still on standard output)." +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietlanie informacji, podanych w formacie czytelnym dla cz³owieka, o " +"czê¶ciach pakietu. Argumenty, które nie s± czê¶ci± pakietu, powoduj± " +"wy¶wietlenie informacji o tym fakcie na standardowym wyj¶ciu." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:76 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "B<-a>, B<--auto -o> I" -msgstr "B B<-a>|B<--auto> B<-o>I< pe³ne-archiwum czê¶æ>" +msgstr "B<-a>, B<--auto -o> I" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:79 msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible." -msgstr "Automatyczne kolejkowanie czê¶ci i odtworzenie pakietu, gdy to jest mo¿liwe." +msgstr "" +"Automatyczne kolejkowanie czê¶ci i odtworzenie pakietu, gdy to jest mo¿liwe." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:84 -msgid "The I specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts." -msgstr "Podana I zostaje sprawdzona i porównana z innymi czê¶ciami tego samego pakietu, które znajduj± siê w kolejce." +msgid "" +"The I specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same " +"package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts." +msgstr "" +"Podana I zostaje sprawdzona i porównana z innymi czê¶ciami tego " +"samego pakietu, które znajduj± siê w kolejce." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:91 -msgid "If all parts of the package file of which I is a part are available then the package is reassembled and written to I (which should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)." -msgstr "Je¶li wszystkie czê¶ci pakietu s± ju¿ dostêpne, pakiet jest odtwarzany i zapisywany do I." +msgid "" +"If all parts of the package file of which I is a part are available " +"then the package is reassembled and written to I (which " +"should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)." +msgstr "" +"Je¶li wszystkie czê¶ci pakietu s± ju¿ dostêpne, pakiet jest odtwarzany i " +"zapisywany do I." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:97 -msgid "If not then the I is copied into the queue and I is not created." -msgstr "Je¶li jeszcze nie ma wszystkich czê¶ci, podana I jest kopiowana do kolejki i I nie jest odtwarzane." +msgid "" +"If not then the I is copied into the queue and I is " +"not created." +msgstr "" +"Je¶li jeszcze nie ma wszystkich czê¶ci, podana I jest kopiowana do " +"kolejki i I nie jest odtwarzane." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:104 -msgid "If I is not a split binary package part then B will exit with status 1; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status 2." -msgstr "Je¶li plik I nie jest czê¶ci± pakietu binarnego, B zakoñczy siê i zwróci kod b³êdu 1, albo kod b³êdu 2 w przypadku wyst±pienia innych problemów." - +msgid "" +"If I is not a split binary package part then B will exit " +"with status 1; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status 2." +msgstr "" +"Je¶li plik I nie jest czê¶ci± pakietu binarnego, B " +"zakoñczy siê i zwróci kod b³êdu 1, albo kod b³êdu 2 w przypadku wyst±pienia " +"innych problemów." + # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:111 -msgid "The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file to expect.)" -msgstr "Opcja B<--output> lub B<-o> musi zostaæ podana w przypadku u¿ycia B<--auto>. (W przeciwnym razie program nie wiedzia³by, jakiego spodziewaæ siê pliku wyj¶ciowego.)" +msgid "" +"The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If " +"this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file " +"to expect.)" +msgstr "" +"Opcja B<--output> lub B<-o> musi zostaæ podana w przypadku u¿ycia B<--auto>. " +"(W przeciwnym razie program nie wiedzia³by, jakiego spodziewaæ siê pliku " +"wyj¶ciowego.)" # type: TP #: ../dpkg-split.1:111 @@ -5915,27 +7141,38 @@ msgstr "Listowanie zawarto # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:118 -msgid "For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes stored in the queue." -msgstr "Dla ka¿dego pliku czê¶ci pakietu wy¶wietlana jest nazwa pakietu, czê¶æ w kolejce, ca³kowita liczba bajtów przechowywanych w kolejce." +msgid "" +"For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the " +"name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes " +"stored in the queue." +msgstr "" +"Dla ka¿dego pliku czê¶ci pakietu wy¶wietlana jest nazwa pakietu, czê¶æ w " +"kolejce, ca³kowita liczba bajtów przechowywanych w kolejce." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:118 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "B<-d>, B<--discard> [I...]" -msgstr "B B<-d>|B<--discard> [I ...]" +msgstr "B<-d>, B<--discard> [I...]" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:122 -msgid "This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts of their packages." +msgid "" +"This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts " +"of their packages." msgstr "Usuwa czê¶ci pakietu z kolejki." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:127 -msgid "If no I is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted." -msgstr "Je¶li nie podano nazwy I, czyszczona jest ca³a kolejka. Gdy nazwa jest podana, usuwane s± tylko czê¶ci podanego pakietu." +msgid "" +"If no I is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any " +"are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted." +msgstr "" +"Je¶li nie podano nazwy I, czyszczona jest ca³a kolejka. Gdy nazwa " +"jest podana, usuwane s± tylko czê¶ci podanego pakietu." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-split.1:138 @@ -5946,27 +7183,34 @@ msgstr "B<--depotdir>I< katalog>" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:143 -msgid "Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic reassembly. The default is B." -msgstr "Okre¶lenie alternatywnego katalogu dla kolejki czê¶ci pakietów do zrekonstruowania. Domy¶lnym jest B." +msgid "" +"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic " +"reassembly. The default is B." +msgstr "" +"Okre¶lenie alternatywnego katalogu dla kolejki czê¶ci pakietów do " +"zrekonstruowania. Domy¶lnym jest B." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-split.1:143 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "B<-S>, B<--partsize> I" -msgstr "B<--partsize>|B<-S>I< Kbajtów>" +msgstr "B<-S>, B<--partsize> I" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:147 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). The default is 450 KiB." -msgstr "Okre¶lenie maksymalnego rozmiaru czê¶ci pakietu w kilobajtach (1024 bajtów). Warto¶ci± domy¶ln± jest 450kB." +msgid "" +"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kilobytes (1024 bytes). " +"The default is 450 KiB." +msgstr "" +"Okre¶lenie maksymalnego rozmiaru czê¶ci pakietu w kilobajtach (1024 bajtów). " +"Warto¶ci± domy¶ln± jest 450 KiB." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-split.1:147 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "B<-o>, B<--output> I" -msgstr "B<--output>|B<-O>I< pe³ne-archiwum>" +msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output> I" # type: Plain text # @@ -5977,8 +7221,12 @@ msgstr "Okre # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:155 -msgid "This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)." -msgstr "Ta opcja nadpisuje domy¶ln± nazwê przy odtwarzaniu pakietu (B<--join>) oraz jest wymagana przy automatycznym odtwarzaniu pakietu (B<--auto>)." +msgid "" +"This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is " +"mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)." +msgstr "" +"Ta opcja nadpisuje domy¶ln± nazwê przy odtwarzaniu pakietu (B<--join>) oraz " +"jest wymagana przy automatycznym odtwarzaniu pakietu (B<--auto>)." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-split.1:155 @@ -5989,8 +7237,16 @@ msgstr "B<-Q>, B<--npquiet>" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:166 -msgid "When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B usually prints a message if it is given a I that is not a binary package part. This option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B to cope with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages." -msgstr "Gdy wykonywane jest automatyczne ³±czenie czê¶ci pakietu, B zwykle wy¶wietla informacje o b³êdzie, gdy dany plik I nie jest czê¶ci± pakietu. Ta opcja zapobiega wy¶wietlaniu nadmiernej ilo¶ci informacji przez programy takie jak B." +msgid "" +"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B usually prints a " +"message if it is given a I that is not a binary package part. This " +"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B to cope " +"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages." +msgstr "" +"Gdy wykonywane jest automatyczne ³±czenie czê¶ci pakietu, B " +"zwykle wy¶wietla informacje o b³êdzie, gdy dany plik I nie jest " +"czê¶ci± pakietu. Ta opcja zapobiega wy¶wietlaniu nadmiernej ilo¶ci " +"informacji przez programy takie jak B." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-split.1:166 @@ -6001,24 +7257,36 @@ msgstr "B<--msdos>" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:171 -msgid "Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible." -msgstr "Pliki generowane przez B<--split> s± zapisywane w formacie odczytywanym przez MSDOS." +msgid "" +"Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible." +msgstr "" +"Pliki generowane przez B<--split> s± zapisywane w formacie odczytywanym " +"przez MSDOS." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:177 -msgid "This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs are replaced by B's and all other characters are discarded." -msgstr "Zmieniany jest przedrostek, zarówno ten domy¶lny jak i ten podany w argumencie: litery s± zamieniane na ma³e, znak plusa zamieniany jest na B, a pozosta³e znaki s± pomijane." +msgid "" +"This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename " +"or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs " +"are replaced by B's and all other characters are discarded." +msgstr "" +"Zmieniany jest przedrostek, zarówno ten domy¶lny jak i ten podany w " +"argumencie: litery s± zamieniane na ma³e, znak plusa zamieniany jest na " +"B, a pozosta³e znaki s± pomijane." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:182 -msgid "The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the form IBIB<.deb> are generated." -msgstr "Powsta³y przedrostek jest ucinany do niezbêdnego rozmiaru. Powsta³a nazwa ma postaæ IBIB<.deb..>" +msgid "" +"The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the " +"form IBIB<.deb> are generated." +msgstr "" +"Powsta³y przedrostek jest ucinany do niezbêdnego rozmiaru. Powsta³a nazwa ma " +"postaæ IBIB<.deb..>" # type: SH -#: ../dpkg-split.1:183 -#: ../update-alternatives.8:339 +#: ../dpkg-split.1:183 ../update-alternatives.8:339 #, no-wrap msgid "EXIT STATUS" msgstr "KOD WYJ¦CIA" @@ -6026,44 +7294,76 @@ msgstr "KOD WYJ # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:189 -msgid "An exit status of 0 indicates that the requested split, merge, or other command succeeded. B<--info> commands count as successful even if the files are not binary package parts." -msgstr "Kod b³êdu 0 oznacza, ¿e ¿±dana operacja dzielenia, ³±czenia czy jakakolwiek inna, zakoñczy³a siê sukcesem. Polecenie B<--info> koñczy siê sukcesem nawet gdy podany plik nie jest czê¶ci± pakietu." +msgid "" +"An exit status of 0 indicates that the requested split, merge, or other " +"command succeeded. B<--info> commands count as successful even if the files " +"are not binary package parts." +msgstr "" +"Kod b³êdu 0 oznacza, ¿e ¿±dana operacja dzielenia, ³±czenia czy jakakolwiek " +"inna, zakoñczy³a siê sukcesem. Polecenie B<--info> koñczy siê sukcesem nawet " +"gdy podany plik nie jest czê¶ci± pakietu." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:195 -msgid "An exit status of 1 occurs only with B<--auto> and indicates that the I file was not a binary package part." -msgstr "Kod b³êdu 1 oznacza, ¿e opcja B<--auto> zosta³a wykonana na pliku, który nie jest I pakietu." +msgid "" +"An exit status of 1 occurs only with B<--auto> and indicates that the " +"I file was not a binary package part." +msgstr "" +"Kod b³êdu 1 oznacza, ¿e opcja B<--auto> zosta³a wykonana na pliku, który nie " +"jest I pakietu." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:199 -msgid "An exit status of 2 indicates some kind of trouble, such as a system call failure, a file that looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a usage error or some other problem." -msgstr "Kod b³êdu 2 pojawia siê przy ró¿nego rodzaju problemach, takich jak b³êdy wywo³ania funkcji systemu, uszkodzenie plików czê¶ci pakietu, czy innych wypadkach." +msgid "" +"An exit status of 2 indicates some kind of trouble, such as a system call " +"failure, a file that looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a " +"usage error or some other problem." +msgstr "" +"Kod b³êdu 2 pojawia siê przy ró¿nego rodzaju problemach, takich jak b³êdy " +"wywo³ania funkcji systemu, uszkodzenie plików czê¶ci pakietu, czy innych " +"wypadkach." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:204 -msgid "B uses some rather out-of-date conventions for the the filenames of Debian packages." +msgid "" +"B uses some rather out-of-date conventions for the the filenames " +"of Debian packages." msgstr "B u¿ywa raczej starej konwencji nazw plików pakietów." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:207 -msgid "Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without digging into the queue directory yourself." -msgstr "Pobranie pe³nej informacji o pakietach w kolejce jest niemo¿liwe, bez przeszukania katalogu kolejki." +msgid "" +"Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without " +"digging into the queue directory yourself." +msgstr "" +"Pobranie pe³nej informacji o pakietach w kolejce jest niemo¿liwe, bez " +"przeszukania katalogu kolejki." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:210 -msgid "There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package part is one." -msgstr "Nie ma prostego testu na sprawdzenie, czy dany plik jest na pewno czê¶ci± pakietu." +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package " +"part is one." +msgstr "" +"Nie ma prostego testu na sprawdzenie, czy dany plik jest na pewno czê¶ci± " +"pakietu." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:214 -msgid "The architecture is not represented in the part files' header, only in the control information of the contained binary package file, and it is not present in the filenames generated." -msgstr "Architektura nie jest okre¶lona w plikach czê¶ci pakietu, jedynie w kontrolnych plikach ca³ego pakietu, tak wiêc architektura nie jest czê¶ci± generowanej nazwy pliku." +msgid "" +"The architecture is not represented in the part files' header, only in the " +"control information of the contained binary package file, and it is not " +"present in the filenames generated." +msgstr "" +"Architektura nie jest okre¶lona w plikach czê¶ci pakietu, jedynie w " +"kontrolnych plikach ca³ego pakietu, tak wiêc architektura nie jest czê¶ci± " +"generowanej nazwy pliku." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-split.1:216 @@ -6074,14 +7374,22 @@ msgstr "I" # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:220 -msgid "The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly." -msgstr "Domy¶lny katalog kolejki czê¶ci pakietów czekaj±cych na automatyczne odtworzenie." +msgid "" +"The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly." +msgstr "" +"Domy¶lny katalog kolejki czê¶ci pakietów czekaj±cych na automatyczne " +"odtworzenie." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:225 -msgid "The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the filename format should not be relied upon." -msgstr "Nazwy plików w tym katalogu s± wewnêtrznie utworzone przez B i nie s± u¿yteczne dla innych programów." +msgid "" +"The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the " +"filename format should not be relied upon." +msgstr "" +"Nazwy plików w tym katalogu s± wewnêtrznie utworzone przez B i " +"nie s± u¿yteczne dla innych programów." # type: Plain text # @@ -6092,9 +7400,16 @@ msgstr "B(5), B(5), B(1), B(1)." # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-split.1:241 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I and I for details." -msgstr "B oraz ten podrêcznik napisa³ Ian Jackson Copyright (C) 1995-1996 i udostêpni³ na Powszechnej Licencji Publicznej GNU; BEZ JAKIEJKOLWIEK GWARANCJI. Szczegó³y w I oraz I." +msgid "" +"B and this manpage were written by Ian Jackson. They are " +"Copyright (C) 1995-1996 by him and released under the GNU General Public " +"Licence version 2 or later; there is NO WARRANTY. See I and I for details." +msgstr "" +"B oraz ten podrêcznik napisa³ Ian Jackson Copyright (C) 1995-" +"1996 i udostêpni³ na Powszechnej Licencji Publicznej GNU w wersji 2 lub " +"pó¼niejszej; BEZ JAKIEJKOLWIEK GWARANCJI. Szczegó³y w I oraz w I." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:1 @@ -6116,60 +7431,100 @@ msgstr "dpkg-statoverride - nadpisywanie w # type: Plain text # #: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:9 -#, fuzzy msgid "B [I] I" -msgstr "B [I] I" +msgstr "B [I] I" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:19 -#, fuzzy -msgid "`B' are a way to tell B(1) to use a different owner or mode for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' here, but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only executable by a certain group." -msgstr "B s± sposobem nakazania programowi dpkg u¿ycia innego w³a¶ciciela i trybu pliku podczas instalacji pakietu. (Uwaga: u¿y³em tu s³owa \"plik\", ale tak naprawdê mo¿e to byæ dowolny obiekt systemu plików, którym zarz±dza dpkg, np. katalogi czy urz±dzenia). Mo¿na ich u¿yæ do zmuszenia programów, które s± zazwyczaj instalowane z flag± setuid, by by³y zainstalowane bez tej flagi lub by by³y mo¿liwe do wykonania tylko przez pewn± grupê u¿ytkowników." +msgid "" +"`B' are a way to tell B(1) to use a different owner " +"or mode for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' " +"here, but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, " +"including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs " +"that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only " +"executable by a certain group." +msgstr "" +"B s± sposobem nakazania programowi B(1) u¿ycie " +"innego w³a¶ciciela i trybu pliku podczas instalacji pakietu. (Uwaga: u¿y³em " +"tu s³owa \"plik\", ale tak naprawdê mo¿e to byæ dowolny obiekt systemu " +"plików, którym zarz±dza dpkg, np. katalogi czy urz±dzenia). Mo¿na ich u¿yæ " +"do zmuszenia programów, które s± zazwyczaj instalowane z flag± setuid, by " +"by³y zainstalowane bez tej flagi lubby by³y mo¿liwe do wykonania tylko przez " +"pewn± grupê u¿ytkowników." # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:23 -msgid "B is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides." -msgstr "B jest narzêdziem u¿ytkowym do zarz±dzania list± nadpisañ stanu. Ma trzy podstawowe funkcje: dodawania, usuwania i wy¶wietlania listy takich nadpisañ." +msgid "" +"B is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It " +"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides." +msgstr "" +"B jest narzêdziem u¿ytkowym do zarz±dzania list± nadpisañ " +"stanu. Ma trzy podstawowe funkcje: dodawania, usuwania i wy¶wietlania listy " +"takich nadpisañ." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:25 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "B<--add>I< user group mode file>" -msgstr "B<--add>I< Eu¿ytkownikE EgrupaE EtrybE EplikE>" +msgstr "B<--add>I< u¿ytkownik grupa tryb plik>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:32 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Add an override for B. B does not need to exist when this command is used; the override will be stored and used later. Users and groups can be specified by their name (for example B or B), or by their number by prepending the number with a `B<#>' (for example B<#0> or B<#65534>)." -msgstr "Dodaje nadpisanie dla BplikuE>. BplikE> nie musi istnieæ w czasie wykonania tego polecenia, nadpisanie bêdzie przechowane i u¿yte pó¼niej. U¿ytkowników i grupy mo¿na podaæ, u¿ywaj±c albo ich nazw (na przyk³ad B lub B), albo ich numeru poprzedzonego znakiem B<#> (na przyk³ad B<#0> lub B<#65534>)." +msgid "" +"Add an override for B. B does not need to exist when this " +"command is used; the override will be stored and used later. Users and " +"groups can be specified by their name (for example B or B), or " +"by their number by prepending the number with a `B<#>' (for example B<#0> or " +"B<#65534>)." +msgstr "" +"Dodaje nadpisanie dla B.B nie musi istnieæ w czasie wykonania " +"tego polecenia, nadpisanie bêdzie przechowane i u¿yte pó¼niej. U¿ytkowników " +"i grupy mo¿na podaæ, u¿ywaj±c albo ich nazw (na przyk³ad B lub " +"B), albo ich numeru poprzedzonego znakiem B<#> (na przyk³ad B<#0> " +"lub B<#65534>)." # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:35 -#, fuzzy -msgid "If --update is specified and B exists, it is immediately set to the new owner and mode." -msgstr "Je¿eli podano opcjê --update i BplikE> istnieje, to nowy w³a¶ciciel i prawa zostan± od razu ustawione." +msgid "" +"If --update is specified and B exists, it is immediately set to the " +"new owner and mode." +msgstr "" +"Je¿eli podano opcjê --update i B istnieje, to nowy w³a¶ciciel i prawa " +"zostan± od razu ustawione." # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:39 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Remove an override for B, the status of B is left unchanged by this command." -msgstr "Usuwa nadpisanie BplikuE>. Polecenie to nie zmienia stanu BplikuE>." +msgid "" +"Remove an override for B, the status of B is left unchanged by " +"this command." +msgstr "Usuwa nadpisanie B. Polecenie to nie zmienia stanu B." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:39 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "B<--list> [I]" -msgstr "B<--list> [Iwzorzec-wyszukiwania-nazwyE>]" +msgstr "B<--list> [I]" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:44 -msgid "List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the glob B will exit with an exitcode of 1." -msgstr "Wy¶wietla wszystkie napisania. Je¿eli podano wzorzec nazwy, to wyj¶ciowa lista bêdzie zawieraæ tylko nadpisania pasuj±ce do tego wzorca. Je¿eli nie ma ¿adnych nadpisañ lub ¿adne nadpisanie nie pasuje do wzorca, to B zakoñczy dzia³anie z kodem b³êdu 1." +msgid "" +"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to " +"overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the " +"glob B will exit with an exitcode of 1." +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietla wszystkie napisania. Je¿eli podano wzorzec nazwy, to wyj¶ciowa " +"lista bêdzie zawieraæ tylko nadpisania pasuj±ce do tego wzorca. Je¿eli nie " +"ma ¿adnych nadpisañ lub ¿adne nadpisanie nie pasuje do wzorca, to B zakoñczy dzia³anie z kodem b³êdu 1." # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:56 -msgid "Change the directory of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is also stored. Defaults to I." -msgstr "Zmienia katalog bazy danych dpkg, w którym tak¿e jest przechowywany plik statoverride. Domy¶lnie jest to I." +msgid "" +"Change the directory of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is " +"also stored. Defaults to I." +msgstr "" +"Zmienia katalog bazy danych dpkg, w którym tak¿e jest przechowywany plik " +"statoverride. Domy¶lnie jest to I." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:56 @@ -6179,8 +7534,12 @@ msgstr "B<--force>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:60 -msgid "Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This is necessary to override an existing override." -msgstr "Wymusza podan± akcjê, nawet je¿eli sprawdzenia dokonywane przez program by tego zabroni³y. Jest to potrzebne, aby nadpisaæ istniej±ce nadpisanie." +msgid "" +"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This " +"is necessary to override an existing override." +msgstr "" +"Wymusza podan± akcjê, nawet je¿eli sprawdzenia dokonywane przez program by " +"tego zabroni³y. Jest to potrzebne, aby nadpisaæ istniej±ce nadpisanie." # type: TP #: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:60 @@ -6190,8 +7549,10 @@ msgstr "B<--update>" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:64 -msgid "Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists." -msgstr "Od razy próbuje zmieniæ w³a¶ciciela i prawa pliku, je¿eli ten plik istnieje." +msgid "" +"Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists." +msgstr "" +"Od razy próbuje zmieniæ w³a¶ciciela i prawa pliku, je¿eli ten plik istnieje." # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:67 @@ -6206,13 +7567,23 @@ msgstr "I" # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:74 -msgid "File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." -msgstr "Plik zawieraj±cy obecn± listê nadpisañ stanu w systemie. Zlokalizowany jest w katalogu administracyjnym dpkg, ³±cznie z innymi plikami wa¿nymi dla dpkg, takimi jak `status' lub `available'." +msgid "" +"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is " +"located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " +"important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." +msgstr "" +"Plik zawieraj±cy obecn± listê nadpisañ stanu w systemie. Zlokalizowany jest " +"w katalogu administracyjnym dpkg, ³±cznie z innymi plikami wa¿nymi dla dpkg, " +"takimi jak `status' lub `available'." # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:77 -msgid "Note: dpkg-statoverride preserves the old copy of this file, with extension \"-old\", before replacing it with the new one." -msgstr "Uwaga: przed zast±pieniem pliku now± wersj±, dpkg-statoverride zachowuje star± kopiê w pliku z rozszerzeniem \"-old\"." +msgid "" +"Note: dpkg-statoverride preserves the old copy of this file, with extension " +"\"-old\", before replacing it with the new one." +msgstr "" +"Uwaga: przed zast±pieniem pliku now± wersj±, dpkg-statoverride zachowuje " +"star± kopiê w pliku z rozszerzeniem \"-old\"." # type: Plain text #: ../dpkg-statoverride.8:83 @@ -6234,8 +7605,16 @@ msgstr "dselect - konsolowe narz # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:17 -msgid "B [B<--admindir> IdirectoryE>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] [B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-D>IfileE>] [IactionE>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> I[I],[I][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" -msgstr "B [B<--admindir> IdirectoryE>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] [B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-D>IplikE>] [IakcjaE>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> I[I],[I][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" +msgid "" +"B [B<--admindir> IdirectoryE>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] " +"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-" +"D>IfileE>] [IactionE>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> " +"I[I],[I][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" +msgstr "" +"B [B<--admindir> IdirectoryE>] [B<--help>] [B<--version>] " +"[B<--licence>|B<--license>] [B<--expert>] [B<--debug>|B<-" +"D>IplikE>] [IakcjaE>] [B<--colour>|B<--color> " +"I[I],[I][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]]" # type: Plain text #: ../dselect.1:26 @@ -6260,20 +7639,59 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:38 -msgid "B operates as a front-end to B(1), the low-level debian package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the internet, local archive servers or cdroms. The recommended access method is I, which is provided by the package B." -msgstr "B jest nak³adk± na polecenie B, niskopoziomowe narzêdzie zarz±dzania pakietami Debiana. Jego podstawow± zalet± jest menad¿er pe³noekranowego wyboru pakietów z mo¿liwo¶ci± znajdowania zale¿no¶ci miêdzy nimi i rozwi±zywania konfliktów. Program uruchomiony z prawami administratora daje mo¿liwo¶æ instalowania, aktualizowania oraz usuwania pakietów. Mo¿na skonfigurowaæ ró¿norodne metody dostêpu, za pomoc± których mo¿na ¶ci±gn±æ z repozytorium pakietów zarówno informacje o dostêpnych wersjach pakietów, jak i same pakiety do zainstalowania. W zale¿no¶ci od metody dostêpu repozytoria te mog± siê znajdowaæ na publicznych serwerach-archiwach w Internecie, lokalnych serwerach z archiwami lub na CD-ROM-ach. Zalecan± metod± dostêpu jest metoda I, dostarczana przez pakiet B." +msgid "" +"B operates as a front-end to B(1), the low-level debian " +"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager " +"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator " +"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access " +"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information " +"and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used " +"access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the " +"internet, local archive servers or cdroms. The recommended access method is " +"I, which is provided by the package B." +msgstr "" +"B jest nak³adk± na polecenie B, niskopoziomowe narzêdzie " +"zarz±dzania pakietami Debiana. Jego podstawow± zalet± jest menad¿er " +"pe³noekranowego wyboru pakietów z mo¿liwo¶ci± znajdowania zale¿no¶ci miêdzy " +"nimi i rozwi±zywania konfliktów. Program uruchomiony z prawami " +"administratora daje mo¿liwo¶æ instalowania, aktualizowania oraz usuwania " +"pakietów. Mo¿na skonfigurowaæ ró¿norodne metody dostêpu, za pomoc± których " +"mo¿na ¶ci±gn±æ z repozytorium pakietów zarówno informacje o dostêpnych " +"wersjach pakietów, jak i same pakiety do zainstalowania. W zale¿no¶ci od " +"metody dostêpu repozytoria te mog± siê znajdowaæ na publicznych serwerach-" +"archiwach w Internecie, lokalnych serwerach z archiwami lub na CD-ROM-ach. " +"Zalecan± metod± dostêpu jest metoda I, dostarczana przez pakiet B." # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:44 -msgid "Normally B is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B or show additional information about the program." -msgstr "Zazwyczaj B jest uruchamiany bez ¿adnych parametrów. Wtedy wy¶wietlane jest interaktywne menu z list± akcji. Je¿eli akcja zostanie podana jako argument wywo³ania programu, to ta akcja jest od razu wykonywana. Ponadto jest dostêpnych kilka parametrów wywo³ania, które modyfikuj± zachowanie B albo wy¶wietlaj± dodatkowe informacje o programie." +msgid "" +"Normally B is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " +"presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as " +"argument, then that action is started immediately. Several commandline " +"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B " +"or show additional information about the program." +msgstr "" +"Zazwyczaj B jest uruchamiany bez ¿adnych parametrów. Wtedy " +"wy¶wietlane jest interaktywne menu z list± akcji. Je¿eli akcja zostanie " +"podana jako argument wywo³ania programu, to ta akcja jest od razu " +"wykonywana. Ponadto jest dostêpnych kilka parametrów wywo³ania, które " +"modyfikuj± zachowanie B albo wy¶wietlaj± dodatkowe informacje o " +"programie." # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:51 -msgid "All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the B configuration file I. Each line in the configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the commandline option but without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." -msgstr "Wszystkie opcje mog± byæ podane zarówno w linii poleceñ, jak i w pliku konfiguracyjnym I programu B. Ka¿da linia tego pliku jest albo opcj± (dok³adnie tak± sam± jak opcja linii poleceñ, ale bez pocz±tkowych my¶lników), albo komentarzem (je¿eli zaczyna siê od B<#>)." +msgid "" +"All options can be specified both on the commandline and in the B " +"configuration file I. Each line in the configuration " +"file is either an option (exactly the same as the commandline option but " +"without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" +"Wszystkie opcje mog± byæ podane zarówno w linii poleceñ, jak i w pliku " +"konfiguracyjnym I programu B. Ka¿da linia " +"tego pliku jest albo opcj± (dok³adnie tak± sam± jak opcja linii poleceñ, ale " +"bez pocz±tkowych my¶lników), albo komentarzem (je¿eli zaczyna siê od B<#>)." # type: TP #: ../dselect.1:52 @@ -6284,8 +7702,14 @@ msgstr "B<--admindir>I< EkatalogE>" # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:57 -msgid "Changes the directory where the dpkg `I', `I' and similar files are located. This defaults to I and normally there shouldn't be any need to change it." -msgstr "Zmienia katalog zawieraj±cy pliki `I' ,`I' i inne potrzebne programowi B. Domy¶lnym katalogiem jest I i zazwyczaj nie powinno byæ potrzeby zmieniania go na inny." +msgid "" +"Changes the directory where the dpkg `I', `I' and similar " +"files are located. This defaults to I and normally there " +"shouldn't be any need to change it." +msgstr "" +"Zmienia katalog zawieraj±cy pliki `I' ,`I' i inne " +"potrzebne programowi B. Domy¶lnym katalogiem jest I i " +"zazwyczaj nie powinno byæ potrzeby zmieniania go na inny." # type: TP #: ../dselect.1:57 @@ -6297,7 +7721,9 @@ msgstr "B<--debug>I< EplikE >|I< >B<-D>IplikE>" # #: ../dselect.1:60 msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to IfileE>." -msgstr "W³±cza opcjê debuggera. Informacje debuggera s± wysy³ane do IplikuE>." +msgstr "" +"W³±cza opcjê debuggera. Informacje debuggera s± wysy³ane do " +"IplikuE>." # type: TP #: ../dselect.1:60 @@ -6308,8 +7734,11 @@ msgstr "B<--expert>" # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:64 -msgid "Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages." -msgstr "W³±cza tryb do¶wiadczonego u¿ytkownika i na przyk³ad nie wy¶wietla mêcz±cych informacji z pomoc±." +msgid "" +"Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages." +msgstr "" +"W³±cza tryb do¶wiadczonego u¿ytkownika i na przyk³ad nie wy¶wietla mêcz±cych " +"informacji z pomoc±." # type: TP #: ../dselect.1:64 @@ -6320,8 +7749,16 @@ msgstr "B<--colour>|B<--color> I[I],[I][I<: # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:71 -msgid "Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I). Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one part of the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:" -msgstr "Ustawia kolory ekranu. Dzia³a tylko pod warunkiem ¿e terminal obs³uguje kolory. Ta opcja mo¿e zostaæ u¿yta wiele razy (i najlepiej jej u¿ywaæ w I). Ka¿de u¿ycie zmienia kolor (i opcjonalnie inne atrybuty) jakiej¶ czê¶ci ekranu. Czê¶ci ekranu s± nastêpuj±ce (od góry do do³u):" +msgid "" +"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. " +"This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I). " +"Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one part of " +"the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:" +msgstr "" +"Ustawia kolory ekranu. Dzia³a tylko pod warunkiem ¿e terminal obs³uguje " +"kolory. Ta opcja mo¿e zostaæ u¿yta wiele razy (i najlepiej jej u¿ywaæ w " +"I). Ka¿de u¿ycie zmienia kolor (i opcjonalnie inne atrybuty) " +"jakiej¶ czê¶ci ekranu. Czê¶ci ekranu s± nastêpuj±ce (od góry do do³u):" # type: TP #: ../dselect.1:72 @@ -6380,7 +7817,9 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:88 -msgid "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each package." +msgid "" +"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each " +"package." msgstr "W li¶cie pakietów - tekst oznaczaj±cy obecny stan ka¿dego pakietu." # type: TP @@ -6392,8 +7831,11 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:92 -msgid "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the currently selected package." -msgstr "W li¶cie pakietów - tekst oznaczaj±cy obecny stan pod¶wietlonego pakietu." +msgid "" +"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the " +"currently selected package." +msgstr "" +"W li¶cie pakietów - tekst oznaczaj±cy obecny stan pod¶wietlonego pakietu." # type: TP #: ../dselect.1:92 @@ -6404,8 +7846,10 @@ msgstr "B" # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:95 -msgid "The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package." -msgstr "Linia nag³ówka, w której wy¶wietlony jest stan obecnie zaznaczonego pakietu." +msgid "" +"The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package." +msgstr "" +"Linia nag³ówka, w której wy¶wietlony jest stan obecnie zaznaczonego pakietu." # type: TP #: ../dselect.1:95 @@ -6470,14 +7914,32 @@ msgstr "Kolor ekran # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:115 -msgid "After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names." -msgstr "Po czê¶ci ekranu nastêpuje dwukropek i specyfikacja koloru. Mo¿na okre¶liæ kolor czcionek, kolor t³a albo oba te kolory, uniewa¿niaj±c domy¶lne warto¶ci kolorów. Nale¿y u¿ywaæ standardowych nazw kolorów z biblioteki curses." +msgid "" +"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You " +"can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, " +"overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names." +msgstr "" +"Po czê¶ci ekranu nastêpuje dwukropek i specyfikacja koloru. Mo¿na okre¶liæ " +"kolor czcionek, kolor t³a albo oba te kolory, uniewa¿niaj±c domy¶lne " +"warto¶ci kolorów. Nale¿y u¿ywaæ standardowych nazw kolorów z biblioteki " +"curses." # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:121 -msgid "Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus (\"+\") characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, bold" -msgstr "Opcjonalnie, po specyfikacji kolorów mo¿na dodaæ jeszcze jeden dwukropek, a po nim opis atrybutów. Jest to lista zawieraj±ca jeden lub wiêcej atrybutów oddzielonych znakami plusa (\"+\"). Dostêpne atrybuty (nie wszystkie dzia³aj± na wszystkich terminalach) to: normal (normalny), standout (wyró¿niony), underline (podkre¶lony), reverse (odwrócony), blink (migaj±cy), bright (jasny), dim (ciemny), bold (pogrubiony)." +msgid "" +"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute " +"specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus " +"(\"+\") characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work " +"on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, " +"bold" +msgstr "" +"Opcjonalnie, po specyfikacji kolorów mo¿na dodaæ jeszcze jeden dwukropek, a " +"po nim opis atrybutów. Jest to lista zawieraj±ca jeden lub wiêcej atrybutów " +"oddzielonych znakami plusa (\"+\"). Dostêpne atrybuty (nie wszystkie " +"dzia³aj± na wszystkich terminalach) to: normal (normalny), standout " +"(wyró¿niony), underline (podkre¶lony), reverse (odwrócony), blink " +"(migaj±cy), bright (jasny), dim (ciemny), bold (pogrubiony)." # type: Plain text # @@ -6494,8 +7956,12 @@ msgstr "B<--licence>|B<--license>" # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:128 -msgid "Displays the B copyright and license information and exits successfully." -msgstr "Wy¶wietla informacjê o licencji i prawach autorskich programu i pomy¶lnie koñczy dzia³anie." +msgid "" +"Displays the B copyright and license information and exits " +"successfully." +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietla informacjê o licencji i prawach autorskich programu i pomy¶lnie " +"koñczy dzia³anie." # type: Plain text # @@ -6512,8 +7978,12 @@ msgstr "U # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:137 -msgid "When B is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of available actions:" -msgstr "B uruchomiony w trybie interakcyjnym wy¶wietla menu z nastêpuj±cymi akcjami:" +msgid "" +"When B is started interactively, it prompts the user with a menu of " +"available actions:" +msgstr "" +"B uruchomiony w trybie interakcyjnym wy¶wietla menu z nastêpuj±cymi " +"akcjami:" # type: SS #: ../dselect.1:137 @@ -6530,8 +8000,16 @@ msgstr "Wybiera metod # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:145 -msgid "By default, B provides several methods such as I, I or I, but other packages may provide additional methods, eg. the I access method provided by the B package or I by the B package." -msgstr "Domy¶lnie istnieje kilka metod, takich jak I (dyskietka), I (dysk twardy) lub I (CD-ROM), ale inne pakiety mog± dostarczyæ dodatkowych metod, na przyk³ad metody I dostarcza pakiet B, a I - pakiet B." +msgid "" +"By default, B provides several methods such as I, " +"I or I, but other packages may provide additional methods, " +"eg. the I access method provided by the B package or I " +"by the B package." +msgstr "" +"Domy¶lnie istnieje kilka metod, takich jak I (dyskietka), " +"I (dysk twardy) lub I (CD-ROM), ale inne pakiety mog± " +"dostarczyæ dodatkowych metod, na przyk³ad metody I dostarcza pakiet " +"B, a I - pakiet B." # type: Plain text # @@ -6554,14 +8032,29 @@ msgstr "Aktualizuje baz # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:157 -msgid "Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named I or I. These files can be generated by repository maintainers, using the program B(1)." -msgstr "¦ci±ga listê dostêpnych wersji pakietów z repozytorium pakietów, skonfigurowanego za pomoc± wybranej metody dostêpu, i aktualizuje bazê pakietów programu dpkg .Listy pakietów s± zwyczajowo zawarte w repozytorium w plikach nazwanych I lub I. Pliki te mog± zostaæ wygenerowane przez opiekunów repozytoriów za pomoc± programu B(1)." +msgid "" +"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, " +"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The " +"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named " +"I or I. These files can be generated by repository " +"maintainers, using the program B(1)." +msgstr "" +"¦ci±ga listê dostêpnych wersji pakietów z repozytorium pakietów, " +"skonfigurowanego za pomoc± wybranej metody dostêpu, i aktualizuje bazê " +"pakietów programu dpkg .Listy pakietów s± zwyczajowo zawarte w repozytorium " +"w plikach nazwanych I lub I. Pliki te mog± zostaæ " +"wygenerowane przez opiekunów repozytoriów za pomoc± programu B(1)." # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:160 -msgid "Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction." -msgstr "Szczegó³y aktualizacji zale¿± od implementacji metody dostêpu. Zazwyczaj ten proces jest bardzo prosty i nie wymaga interakcji z u¿ytkownikiem." +msgid "" +"Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. " +"Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction." +msgstr "" +"Szczegó³y aktualizacji zale¿± od implementacji metody dostêpu. Zazwyczaj ten " +"proces jest bardzo prosty i nie wymaga interakcji z u¿ytkownikiem." # type: SS #: ../dselect.1:161 @@ -6573,25 +8066,53 @@ msgstr "select (wyb # #: ../dselect.1:163 msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies." -msgstr "Wy¶wietla informacje o wyborze pakietów i zale¿no¶ciach oraz zarz±dza nimi." +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietla informacje o wyborze pakietów i zale¿no¶ciach oraz zarz±dza nimi." # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:169 -msgid "This is the main function of B. In the select screen, the user can review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change packages selection state. B tracks the implications of these changes to other depending or conflicting packages." -msgstr "Jest to g³ówna funkcja programu B. W ekranie wyboru pakietów u¿ytkownik mo¿e przegl±daæ listê dostêpnych i zainstalowanych pakietów. Je¿eli program dzia³a z uprawnieniami administratora, mo¿liwe jest interaktywne zmienianie stanu pakietów. B ¶ledzi wp³yw tych zmian na pakiety zale¿ne." +msgid "" +"This is the main function of B. In the select screen, the user can " +"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with " +"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change " +"packages selection state. B tracks the implications of these " +"changes to other depending or conflicting packages." +msgstr "" +"Jest to g³ówna funkcja programu B. W ekranie wyboru pakietów " +"u¿ytkownik mo¿e przegl±daæ listê dostêpnych i zainstalowanych pakietów. " +"Je¿eli program dzia³a z uprawnieniami administratora, mo¿liwe jest " +"interaktywne zmienianie stanu pakietów. B ¶ledzi wp³yw tych zmian " +"na pakiety zale¿ne." # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:176 -msgid "When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B, override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created the unresolved depends or conflicts." -msgstr "Je¶li zostanie wykryty konflikt lub niespe³niona zale¿no¶æ, wy¶wietlany jest ekran rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci pokazuj±cy listê pakietów, powoduj±cych konflikt lub niespe³nion± zale¿no¶æ, i dla ka¿dego wy¶wietlonego pakietu - przyczynê, dla której jest on wy¶wietlony. U¿ytkownik mo¿e zastosowaæ siê do sugestii zaproponowanych przez B, uniewa¿niæ je lub wycofaæ siê ze zmian, w³±czaj±c w to pakiety, które spowodowa³y niespe³nione zale¿no¶ci lub konflikty." +msgid "" +"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution " +"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or " +"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its " +"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B, " +"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created " +"the unresolved depends or conflicts." +msgstr "" +"Je¶li zostanie wykryty konflikt lub niespe³niona zale¿no¶æ, wy¶wietlany jest " +"ekran rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci pokazuj±cy listê pakietów, powoduj±cych " +"konflikt lub niespe³nion± zale¿no¶æ, i dla ka¿dego wy¶wietlonego pakietu - " +"przyczynê, dla której jest on wy¶wietlony. U¿ytkownik mo¿e zastosowaæ siê do " +"sugestii zaproponowanych przez B, uniewa¿niæ je lub wycofaæ siê ze " +"zmian, w³±czaj±c w to pakiety, które spowodowa³y niespe³nione zale¿no¶ci lub " +"konflikty." # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:179 -msgid "The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained in more detail below." -msgstr "U¿ywanie ekrany do zarz±dania interaktywnym wyborem pakietów jest szczegó³owo wyj±¶nione poni¿ej." +msgid "" +"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained " +"in more detail below." +msgstr "" +"U¿ywanie ekrany do zarz±dania interaktywnym wyborem pakietów jest " +"szczegó³owo wyj±¶nione poni¿ej." # type: SS #: ../dselect.1:180 @@ -6608,20 +8129,55 @@ msgstr "Instaluje wybrane pakiety." # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:188 -msgid "The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages from the relevant repositories and install these using B. Depending on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also remove packages that were marked for removal." -msgstr "Za pomoc± skonfigurowanej metody dostêpu zostan± z odpowiednich repozytoriów pobrane pakiety do zainstalowania lub zaktualizowania za pomoc± programu B. Zale¿nie od implementacji tej metody dostêpu, pakiety mog± zostaæ pobrane wcze¶niej - przed instalacj± - lub wtedy, gdy bêd± potrzebne. Niektóre metody dostêpu równie¿ usuwaj± pakiety zaznaczone do usuniêcia." +msgid "" +"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages " +"from the relevant repositories and install these using B. Depending " +"on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched " +"before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also " +"remove packages that were marked for removal." +msgstr "" +"Za pomoc± skonfigurowanej metody dostêpu zostan± z odpowiednich repozytoriów " +"pobrane pakiety do zainstalowania lub zaktualizowania za pomoc± programu " +"B. Zale¿nie od implementacji tej metody dostêpu, pakiety mog± zostaæ " +"pobrane wcze¶niej - przed instalacj± - lub wtedy, gdy bêd± potrzebne. " +"Niektóre metody dostêpu równie¿ usuwaj± pakiety zaznaczone do usuniêcia." # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:196 -msgid "If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian.org/ or by reading the documentation for B(1) or B(1), if these are installed." -msgstr "Je¿eli podczas instalacji wyst±pi b³±d, poleca siê uruchomienie akcji install jeszcze raz. W wiêkszo¶ci przypadków, problemy same znikn± lub zostan± rozwi±zane. Je¶li problem pozostaje lub przeprowadzona instalacja by³a nieprawid³owa, prosimy o zbadanie przyczyn problemu i okoliczno¶ci jego wyst±pienia i o wys³anie reportu o b³êdzie do systemu ¶ledzenia b³êdów Debiana. Instrukcje, jak to zrobiæ, mo¿na znale¼æ pod adresem http://bugs.debian.org/ albo w dokumentacji programów B(1) lub B(1), je¿eli s± zainstalowane." +msgid "" +"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install " +"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems " +"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into " +"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking " +"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian." +"org/ or by reading the documentation for B(1) or B(1), if " +"these are installed." +msgstr "" +"Je¿eli podczas instalacji wyst±pi b³±d, poleca siê uruchomienie akcji " +"install jeszcze raz. W wiêkszo¶ci przypadków, problemy same znikn± lub " +"zostan± rozwi±zane. Je¶li problem pozostaje lub przeprowadzona instalacja " +"by³a nieprawid³owa, prosimy o zbadanie przyczyn problemu i okoliczno¶ci jego " +"wyst±pienia i o wys³anie reportu o b³êdzie do systemu ¶ledzenia b³êdów " +"Debiana. Instrukcje, jak to zrobiæ, mo¿na znale¼æ pod adresem http://bugs." +"debian.org/ albo w dokumentacji programów B(1) lub B(1), " +"je¿eli s± zainstalowane." # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:203 -msgid "Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. The user's attention and input may be required during installation, configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts in the package. Some packages make use of the B(1) library, allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups." -msgstr "Szczegó³y dotycz±ce akcji instalacji zale¿± od implementacji metody dostêpu. Podczas instalacji, konfiguracji czy usuwania pakietów mo¿e byæ potrzebna interakcja z u¿ytkownikiem. Zale¿y to od skryptów opiekuna pakietu. Niektóre pakiety u¿ywaj± biblioteki B(1), co pozwala na bardziej elastyczn± lub nawet w pe³ni automatyczn± instalacjê pakietu." +msgid "" +"Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. " +"The user's attention and input may be required during installation, " +"configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts " +"in the package. Some packages make use of the B(1) library, " +"allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups." +msgstr "" +"Szczegó³y dotycz±ce akcji instalacji zale¿± od implementacji metody dostêpu. " +"Podczas instalacji, konfiguracji czy usuwania pakietów mo¿e byæ potrzebna " +"interakcja z u¿ytkownikiem. Zale¿y to od skryptów opiekuna pakietu. Niektóre " +"pakiety u¿ywaj± biblioteki B(1), co pozwala na bardziej elastyczn± " +"lub nawet w pe³ni automatyczn± instalacjê pakietu." # type: SS #: ../dselect.1:204 @@ -6633,7 +8189,9 @@ msgstr "config (konfigurowanie)" # #: ../dselect.1:206 msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages." -msgstr "Konfiguruje wszystkie pakiety poprzednio zainstalowane, ale nie do koñca skonfigurowane." +msgstr "" +"Konfiguruje wszystkie pakiety poprzednio zainstalowane, ale nie do koñca " +"skonfigurowane." # type: SS #: ../dselect.1:207 @@ -6645,7 +8203,8 @@ msgstr "remove (usuwanie)" # #: ../dselect.1:209 msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal." -msgstr "Usuwa lub czy¶ci te zainstalowane pakiety, które s± zaznaczone do usuniêcia." +msgstr "" +"Usuwa lub czy¶ci te zainstalowane pakiety, które s± zaznaczone do usuniêcia." # type: SS #: ../dselect.1:210 @@ -6680,14 +8239,45 @@ msgstr "Wst # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:234 -msgid "B directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In case of doubt, consult the B(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, contained in the B package." -msgstr "B odkrywa przed administratorem niektóre z³o¿ono¶ci wi±¿±ce siê z zarz±dzaniem du¿ym zbiorem pakietów z wieloma zale¿no¶ciami miêdzy nimi. Dla u¿ytkownika, który nie jest zaznajomiony z koncepcjami Debianowego systemu zarz±dzania pakietami, mo¿e to byæ bardzo przyt³aczaj±ce. Chocia¿ celem programu B jest u³atwienie zarz±dzania i administrowania pakietami, jest on tylko instrumentem s³u¿±cym do tego i nie mo¿e w wystarczaj±cym stopniu zast±piæ umiejêtno¶ci i wiedzy administratora. U¿ytkownik powinien byæ zaznajomiony z koncepcjami le¿±cymi u podstaw systemu pakietów Debiana. W razie jakichkolwiek w±tpliwo¶ci, nale¿y je sprawdziæ w podrêczniku B(1) oraz w podrêczniku \"Zasady polityki Debiana\" zawartym w pakiecie B." +msgid "" +"B directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities " +"involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. " +"For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian " +"package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B " +"is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only " +"instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient " +"substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required " +"to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In " +"case of doubt, consult the B(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, " +"contained in the B package." +msgstr "" +"B odkrywa przed administratorem niektóre z³o¿ono¶ci wi±¿±ce siê z " +"zarz±dzaniem du¿ym zbiorem pakietów z wieloma zale¿no¶ciami miêdzy nimi. Dla " +"u¿ytkownika, który nie jest zaznajomiony z koncepcjami Debianowego systemu " +"zarz±dzania pakietami, mo¿e to byæ bardzo przyt³aczaj±ce. Chocia¿ celem " +"programu B jest u³atwienie zarz±dzania i administrowania pakietami, " +"jest on tylko instrumentem s³u¿±cym do tego i nie mo¿e w wystarczaj±cym " +"stopniu zast±piæ umiejêtno¶ci i wiedzy administratora. U¿ytkownik powinien " +"byæ zaznajomiony z koncepcjami le¿±cymi u podstaw systemu pakietów Debiana. " +"W razie jakichkolwiek w±tpliwo¶ci, nale¿y je sprawdziæ w podrêczniku B" +"(1) oraz w podrêczniku \"Zasady polityki Debiana\" zawartym w pakiecie " +"B." # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:240 -msgid "Unless B is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I advised to study all of the information presented in the online help screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be invoked with the B<'?'> key." -msgstr "Je¿eli B nie by³ uruchomiony w trybie eksperta (expert) lub trybie pilnym (immediate), to po wybraniu akcji z menu, wy¶wietlany jest ekran pomocy. U¿ytkownik I dok³adnie przeczytaæ wszystkie informacje zawarte w ekranach pomocy, kiedy siê pojawiaj±. Ekrany pomocy mog± zostaæ wy¶wietlone w dowolnym momencie przez wybranie klawisza B<'?'>." +msgid "" +"Unless B is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first " +"displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I " +"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help " +"screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be " +"invoked with the B<'?'> key." +msgstr "" +"Je¿eli B nie by³ uruchomiony w trybie eksperta (expert) lub trybie " +"pilnym (immediate), to po wybraniu akcji z menu, wy¶wietlany jest ekran " +"pomocy. U¿ytkownik I dok³adnie przeczytaæ wszystkie informacje " +"zawarte w ekranach pomocy, kiedy siê pojawiaj±. Ekrany pomocy mog± zostaæ " +"wy¶wietlone w dowolnym momencie przez wybranie klawisza B<'?'>." # type: SS #: ../dselect.1:241 @@ -6698,14 +8288,31 @@ msgstr "Uk # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:249 -msgid "The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that is displayed can be varied." -msgstr "Ekran wyboru pakietów domy¶lnie podzielony jest na górn± i doln± po³owê. W górnej po³owie wy¶wietlona jest lista pakietów. Za pomoc± paska wyboru mo¿na wybraæ pojedynczy pakiet lub grupê pakietów, przez zaznaczenie nag³ówka grupy pakietów. W dolnej po³owie ekranu pokazane s± szczegó³owe informacje na temat pakietu obecnie wybranego w górnej po³owie ekranu. Typ tych informacji mo¿e byæ ró¿ny." +msgid "" +"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top " +"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual " +"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group " +"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package " +"currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that " +"is displayed can be varied." +msgstr "" +"Ekran wyboru pakietów domy¶lnie podzielony jest na górn± i doln± po³owê. W " +"górnej po³owie wy¶wietlona jest lista pakietów. Za pomoc± paska wyboru mo¿na " +"wybraæ pojedynczy pakiet lub grupê pakietów, przez zaznaczenie nag³ówka " +"grupy pakietów. W dolnej po³owie ekranu pokazane s± szczegó³owe informacje " +"na temat pakietu obecnie wybranego w górnej po³owie ekranu. Typ tych " +"informacji mo¿e byæ ró¿ny." # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:252 -msgid "Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen." -msgstr "Naci¶niêcie klawisza B<'I'> prze³±cza pomiêdzy pe³noekranowym widokiem pakietów, powiêkszonym widokiem szczegó³owych informacji o pakiecie albo dzieli ekran na po³owê." +msgid "" +"Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, " +"an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen." +msgstr "" +"Naci¶niêcie klawisza B<'I'> prze³±cza pomiêdzy pe³noekranowym widokiem " +"pakietów, powiêkszonym widokiem szczegó³owych informacji o pakiecie albo " +"dzieli ekran na po³owê." # type: SS #: ../dselect.1:253 @@ -6736,8 +8343,14 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:266 -msgid "In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and causing it to be listed." -msgstr "Ekran rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci daje tak¿e mo¿liwo¶æ podejrzenia okre¶lonych niespe³nionych zale¿no¶ci b±d¼ konfliktów zwi±zanych z pakietem, tj. tych zale¿no¶ci, które spowodowa³y wylistowanie tego pakietu." +msgid "" +"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing " +"the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and " +"causing it to be listed." +msgstr "" +"Ekran rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci daje tak¿e mo¿liwo¶æ podejrzenia okre¶lonych " +"niespe³nionych zale¿no¶ci b±d¼ konfliktów zwi±zanych z pakietem, tj. tych " +"zale¿no¶ci, które spowodowa³y wylistowanie tego pakietu." # type: SS #: ../dselect.1:267 @@ -6748,20 +8361,48 @@ msgstr "Lista stan # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:272 -msgid "The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian package management system. This includes packages installed on the system and packages known from the available packages database." -msgstr "W g³ównym ekranie wyboru pakietów wy¶wietlona jest lista wszystkich pakietów znanych systemowi zarz±dzania pakietami Debiana. S± to zarówno pakiety zainstalowane w systemie, jak i pakiety zawarte w bazie dostêpnych pakietów." +msgid "" +"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian " +"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system " +"and packages known from the available packages database." +msgstr "" +"W g³ównym ekranie wyboru pakietów wy¶wietlona jest lista wszystkich pakietów " +"znanych systemowi zarz±dzania pakietami Debiana. S± to zarówno pakiety " +"zainstalowane w systemie, jak i pakiety zawarte w bazie dostêpnych pakietów." # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:280 -msgid "For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, installed and available versions, the package name and its short description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default." -msgstr "Dla ka¿dego pakietu pokazane s±: jego stan, priorytet, sekcja, numer wersji zainstalowanej i numer wersji dostêpnej, nazwa pakietu oraz krótki opis - wszystko w jednej linii. Naciskaj±c klawisz B<'V'>, mo¿na w³±czaæ i wy³±czaæ wy¶wietlanie informacji o numerze zainstalowanej i dostêpnej wersji pakietu. Naci¶niêcie klawisz B<'v'> powoduje prze³±czanie pomiêdzy wy¶wietlaniem rozwlek³ego i skróconego opisu stanu pakietu. Skrócony opis stanu jest wy¶wietlany domy¶lnie." +msgid "" +"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, " +"installed and available versions, the package name and its short " +"description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the " +"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By " +"pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between " +"verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default." +msgstr "" +"Dla ka¿dego pakietu pokazane s±: jego stan, priorytet, sekcja, numer wersji " +"zainstalowanej i numer wersji dostêpnej, nazwa pakietu oraz krótki opis - " +"wszystko w jednej linii. Naciskaj±c klawisz B<'V'>, mo¿na w³±czaæ i wy³±czaæ " +"wy¶wietlanie informacji o numerze zainstalowanej i dostêpnej wersji pakietu. " +"Naci¶niêcie klawisz B<'v'> powoduje prze³±czanie pomiêdzy wy¶wietlaniem " +"rozwlek³ego i skróconego opisu stanu pakietu. Skrócony opis stanu jest " +"wy¶wietlany domy¶lnie." # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:286 -msgid "The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user." -msgstr "Na skrócony opis stanu pakietu sk³adaj± siê cztery czê¶ci: flaga b³êdu, która normalnie powinna byæ czysta, obecny stan zainstalowania pakietu, poprzedni stan wyboru pakietu oraz obecny stan wyboru pakietu. Dwie pierwsze czê¶ci s± zwi±zane z obecnym stanem pakietu, kolejne dwie - zwi±zane z wyborami dokonanymi przez u¿ytkownika." +msgid "" +"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which " +"should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and " +"the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of " +"the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user." +msgstr "" +"Na skrócony opis stanu pakietu sk³adaj± siê cztery czê¶ci: flaga b³êdu, " +"która normalnie powinna byæ czysta, obecny stan zainstalowania pakietu, " +"poprzedni stan wyboru pakietu oraz obecny stan wyboru pakietu. Dwie pierwsze " +"czê¶ci s± zwi±zane z obecnym stanem pakietu, kolejne dwie - zwi±zane z " +"wyborami dokonanymi przez u¿ytkownika." # type: Plain text #: ../dselect.1:304 @@ -6812,8 +8453,12 @@ msgstr "Przesuwanie kursora i ekranu" # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:310 -msgid "The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:" -msgstr "Ekran wyboru pakietów oraz ekran rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci mo¿na przesuwaæ u¿ywaj±c poleceñ przypisanych do nastêpuj±cych klawiszy:" +msgid "" +"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens " +"can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:" +msgstr "" +"Ekran wyboru pakietów oraz ekran rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci mo¿na przesuwaæ " +"u¿ywaj±c poleceñ przypisanych do nastêpuj±cych klawiszy:" # type: Plain text #: ../dselect.1:327 @@ -6862,8 +8507,26 @@ msgstr "Wyszukiwanie i sortowanie" # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:342 -msgid "The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is interpreted as a B(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/i'> the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes like this: B<'/id'>. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly pressing the B<'n'> or B<'\\e'> keys, until the wanted package is found. If the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues searching from there." -msgstr "Listê pakietów mo¿na przeszukiwaæ po nazwie pakietu. Mo¿na to zrobiæ, przyciskaj±c B<'/'> i wpisuj±c tekst wyszukiwania, który jest interpretowany jako wyra¿enie regularne B(7). Dodanie B<'/d'> do ³añcucha wyszukiwania, spowoduje przeszukiwanie równie¿ opisów. Dodanie B<'/i'> spowoduje ignorowanie wielko¶ci znaków podczas wyszukiwania. Mo¿na ³±czyæ te sufiksy, na przyk³ad tak: B<'/id'>. Powtórne wyszukiwanie nastêpuje przez wielokrotne naciskanie klawiszy B<'n'> lub B<'\\e'>, a¿ do znalezienia poszukiwanego pakietu. Po osi±gniêciu koñca listy, poszukiwanie jest kontynuowane od pocz±tku listy." +msgid "" +"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by " +"pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is " +"interpreted as a B(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the " +"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/" +"i'> the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes " +"like this: B<'/id'>. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly " +"pressing the B<'n'> or B<'\\e'> keys, until the wanted package is found. If " +"the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues " +"searching from there." +msgstr "" +"Listê pakietów mo¿na przeszukiwaæ po nazwie pakietu. Mo¿na to zrobiæ, " +"przyciskaj±c B<'/'> i wpisuj±c tekst wyszukiwania, który jest interpretowany " +"jako wyra¿enie regularne B(7). Dodanie B<'/d'> do ³añcucha " +"wyszukiwania, spowoduje przeszukiwanie równie¿ opisów. Dodanie B<'/i'> " +"spowoduje ignorowanie wielko¶ci znaków podczas wyszukiwania. Mo¿na ³±czyæ te " +"sufiksy, na przyk³ad tak: B<'/id'>. Powtórne wyszukiwanie nastêpuje przez " +"wielokrotne naciskanie klawiszy B<'n'> lub B<'\\e'>, a¿ do znalezienia " +"poszukiwanego pakietu. Po osi±gniêciu koñca listy, poszukiwanie jest " +"kontynuowane od pocz±tku listy." # type: Plain text #: ../dselect.1:349 @@ -6886,8 +8549,12 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:352 -msgid "Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final subordering sort key." -msgstr "Tam gdzie nie jest to powy¿ej wyra¼nie powiedziane, porz±dek alfabetyczny jest u¿ywany jako klucz podwyszukiwania." +msgid "" +"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final " +"subordering sort key." +msgstr "" +"Tam gdzie nie jest to powy¿ej wyra¼nie powiedziane, porz±dek alfabetyczny " +"jest u¿ywany jako klucz podwyszukiwania." # type: SS #: ../dselect.1:353 @@ -6918,20 +8585,42 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:366 -msgid "When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or conflicts, B prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. This will be further explained below." -msgstr "Kiedy w wyniku zmian powstaj± jedna lub wiêcej niespe³nionych zale¿no¶ci lub konflikty, B wy¶wietla u¿ytkownikowi ekran rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci. Bêdzie on obja¶niony nieco pó¼niej." +msgid "" +"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " +"conflicts, B prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " +"This will be further explained below." +msgstr "" +"Kiedy w wyniku zmian powstaj± jedna lub wiêcej niespe³nionych zale¿no¶ci lub " +"konflikty, B wy¶wietla u¿ytkownikowi ekran rozwi±zywania " +"zale¿no¶ci. Bêdzie on obja¶niony nieco pó¼niej." # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:371 -msgid "It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings." -msgstr "Powy¿sze polecenia mo¿na zastosowaæ równie¿ do grup pakietów - przez ustawienie paska kursora na nag³ówku grupy. Sposób grupowania pakietów zale¿y od ustawieñ sortowania listy pakietów." +msgid "" +"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, " +"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of " +"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings." +msgstr "" +"Powy¿sze polecenia mo¿na zastosowaæ równie¿ do grup pakietów - przez " +"ustawienie paska kursora na nag³ówku grupy. Sposób grupowania pakietów " +"zale¿y od ustawieñ sortowania listy pakietów." # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:377 -msgid "Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold operations are useful when applied to groups." -msgstr "Nale¿y zachowaæ nale¿yt± ostro¿no¶æ, zmieniaj±c du¿e grupy pakietów, poniewa¿ mo¿e to oznaczaæ natychmiastowe utworzenie du¿ej liczby niespe³nionych zale¿no¶ci i konfliktów, bardzo trudnej do rozwi±zania. W praktyce tylko operacje wstrzymania i zaprzestania wstrzymania s± u¿yteczne w odniesieniu do grup pakietów." +msgid "" +"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, " +"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends " +"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution " +"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold " +"operations are useful when applied to groups." +msgstr "" +"Nale¿y zachowaæ nale¿yt± ostro¿no¶æ, zmieniaj±c du¿e grupy pakietów, " +"poniewa¿ mo¿e to oznaczaæ natychmiastowe utworzenie du¿ej liczby " +"niespe³nionych zale¿no¶ci i konfliktów, bardzo trudnej do rozwi±zania. W " +"praktyce tylko operacje wstrzymania i zaprzestania wstrzymania s± u¿yteczne " +"w odniesieniu do grup pakietów." # type: SS #: ../dselect.1:378 @@ -6942,26 +8631,68 @@ msgstr "Rozwi # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:383 -msgid "When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or conflicts, B prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. First however, an informative help screen is displayed." -msgstr "Kiedy w wyniku zmian powstaj± jedna lub wiêcej niespe³nionych zale¿no¶ci lub konflikty, B wy¶wietla u¿ytkownikowi ekran rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci. Najpierw, jednak¿e, wy¶wietlany jest ekran pomocy." +msgid "" +"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " +"conflicts, B prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " +"First however, an informative help screen is displayed." +msgstr "" +"Kiedy w wyniku zmian powstaj± jedna lub wiêcej niespe³nionych zale¿no¶ci lub " +"konflikty, B wy¶wietla u¿ytkownikowi ekran rozwi±zywania " +"zale¿no¶ci. Najpierw, jednak¿e, wy¶wietlany jest ekran pomocy." # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:390 -msgid "The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be listed." -msgstr "W górnej po³owie ekranu rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci wy¶wietlone s± wszystkie te pakiety, które w wyniku zastosowania ¿±danych przez u¿ytkownika zmian mia³yby niespe³nione zale¿no¶ci albo konflikty, oraz wszystkie te pakiety, których instalacja spe³ni³aby które¶ z tych zale¿no¶ci lub których usuniêcie rozwi±za³oby konflikty. W dolnej po³owie wy¶wietlone s± te zale¿no¶ci lub konflikty, które spowodowa³y, ¿e obecnie wybrany pakiet zosta³ umieszczony na li¶cie." +msgid "" +"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved " +"depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the " +"packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose " +"removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show " +"the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be " +"listed." +msgstr "" +"W górnej po³owie ekranu rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci wy¶wietlone s± wszystkie te " +"pakiety, które w wyniku zastosowania ¿±danych przez u¿ytkownika zmian " +"mia³yby niespe³nione zale¿no¶ci albo konflikty, oraz wszystkie te pakiety, " +"których instalacja spe³ni³aby które¶ z tych zale¿no¶ci lub których usuniêcie " +"rozwi±za³oby konflikty. W dolnej po³owie wy¶wietlone s± te zale¿no¶ci lub " +"konflikty, które spowodowa³y, ¿e obecnie wybrany pakiet zosta³ umieszczony " +"na li¶cie." # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:396 -msgid "When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B may have already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, in order to resolve the depends of conflicts that caused the dependency resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the suggestions made by B." -msgstr "Wy¶wietlaj±c pocz±tkow± podlistê pakietów, B móg³ ustawiæ ju¿ pewne ¿±dane wybory niektórych spo¶ród wylistowanych pakietów, w celu rozwi±zania zale¿no¶ci i konfliktów, które by³y przyczyn± wy¶wietlenia ekranu rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci. Zazwyczaj najlepszym wyj¶ciem jest zastosowanie siê do sugestii zrobionych przez B." +msgid "" +"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B may have " +"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, " +"in order to resolve the depends of conflicts that caused the dependency " +"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the " +"suggestions made by B." +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietlaj±c pocz±tkow± podlistê pakietów, B móg³ ustawiæ ju¿ pewne " +"¿±dane wybory niektórych spo¶ród wylistowanych pakietów, w celu rozwi±zania " +"zale¿no¶ci i konfliktów, które by³y przyczyn± wy¶wietlenia ekranu " +"rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci. Zazwyczaj najlepszym wyj¶ciem jest zastosowanie " +"siê do sugestii zrobionych przez B." # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:404 -msgid "The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values." -msgstr "Mo¿liwe jest przywrócenie stanu wyborów wylistowanych pakietów do poprzednich ustawieñ, zanim zosta³y stworzone nierozwi±zane zale¿no¶ci lub konflikty - przez naci¶niêcie klawisza B<'R'>. Naciskaj±c klawisz B<'D'>, spowodujemy odznaczenie automatycznych propozycji i jest przy tym zachowywana zmiana, która spowodowa³a wy¶wietlenie ekranu rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci. W koñcu, po naci¶niêciu klawisza B<'U'> wybory s± ponownie ustawiane na sugerowane warto¶ci." +msgid "" +"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original " +"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were " +"created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the " +"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency " +"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing " +"B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values." +msgstr "" +"Mo¿liwe jest przywrócenie stanu wyborów wylistowanych pakietów do " +"poprzednich ustawieñ, zanim zosta³y stworzone nierozwi±zane zale¿no¶ci lub " +"konflikty - przez naci¶niêcie klawisza B<'R'>. Naciskaj±c klawisz B<'D'>, " +"spowodujemy odznaczenie automatycznych propozycji i jest przy tym " +"zachowywana zmiana, która spowodowa³a wy¶wietlenie ekranu rozwi±zywania " +"zale¿no¶ci. W koñcu, po naci¶niêciu klawisza B<'U'> wybory s± ponownie " +"ustawiane na sugerowane warto¶ci." # type: SS #: ../dselect.1:405 @@ -6972,26 +8703,58 @@ msgstr "Ustanawianie # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:412 -msgid "By pressing B, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. If B detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any unresolved depends, B will again prompt the user with a dependency resolution screen." -msgstr "Po naci¶niêciu klawisza B, obecnie wy¶wietlony zbiór wyborów zostaje zaakceptowany. Je¿eli B nie wykryje niespe³nionych zale¿no¶ci powsta³ych w wyniku zaakceptowania ¿±danych wyborów, to zostan± one ustawione. Jednak¿e, je¿eli bêd± nierozwi±zane zale¿no¶ci, to B ponownie wy¶wietli ekran rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci." +msgid "" +"By pressing B, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. " +"If B detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested " +"selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any " +"unresolved depends, B will again prompt the user with a dependency " +"resolution screen." +msgstr "" +"Po naci¶niêciu klawisza B, obecnie wy¶wietlony zbiór wyborów zostaje " +"zaakceptowany. Je¿eli B nie wykryje niespe³nionych zale¿no¶ci " +"powsta³ych w wyniku zaakceptowania ¿±danych wyborów, to zostan± one " +"ustawione. Jednak¿e, je¿eli bêd± nierozwi±zane zale¿no¶ci, to B " +"ponownie wy¶wietli ekran rozwi±zywania zale¿no¶ci." # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:418 -msgid "To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts and forcing B to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do this unless you've read the fine print." -msgstr "Aby zmieniæ zbiór wyborów, który powoduj powstanie nierozwi±zanych zale¿no¶ci i zmusiæ B do zaakceptowania go, nale¿y nacisn±æ klawisz B<'Q'>. Spowoduje to bezwarunkowe ustawienie wyborów podanych przez u¿ytkownika. Ogólnie, nie nale¿y tego robiæ." +msgid "" +"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts " +"and forcing B to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the " +"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do " +"this unless you've read the fine print." +msgstr "" +"Aby zmieniæ zbiór wyborów, który powoduj powstanie nierozwi±zanych " +"zale¿no¶ci i zmusiæ B do zaakceptowania go, nale¿y nacisn±æ klawisz " +"B<'Q'>. Spowoduje to bezwarunkowe ustawienie wyborów podanych przez " +"u¿ytkownika. Ogólnie, nie nale¿y tego robiæ." # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:425 -msgid "The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or B keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to the last established settings." -msgstr "Aby uzyskaæ przeciwny efekt - wycofanie siê ze wszystkich zmian i powrócenie do poprzedniej listy wyborów, nale¿y nacisn±æ klawisze B<'X'> lub B. Przez powtarzaj±ce siê przyciskanie tych klawiszy mo¿na wycofaæ siê ze wszystkich potencjalnie szkodliwych zmian w wyborze pakietów a¿ do ostatniego dobrego ustawienia." +msgid "" +"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back " +"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or " +"B keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental " +"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to " +"the last established settings." +msgstr "" +"Aby uzyskaæ przeciwny efekt - wycofanie siê ze wszystkich zmian i powrócenie " +"do poprzedniej listy wyborów, nale¿y nacisn±æ klawisze B<'X'> lub B. " +"Przez powtarzaj±ce siê przyciskanie tych klawiszy mo¿na wycofaæ siê ze " +"wszystkich potencjalnie szkodliwych zmian w wyborze pakietów a¿ do " +"ostatniego dobrego ustawienia." # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:432 -msgid "The B package selection interface is confusing to some new users. Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry." -msgstr "Dla nowych u¿ytkowników, B mo¿e byæ trudny do opanowania. Podobno zmusza do p³aczu nawet wytrawnych wspó³twórców j±dra Linuksa." +msgid "" +"The B package selection interface is confusing to some new users. " +"Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry." +msgstr "" +"Dla nowych u¿ytkowników, B mo¿e byæ trudny do opanowania. Podobno " +"zmusza do p³aczu nawet wytrawnych wspó³twórców j±dra Linuksa." # type: Plain text # @@ -7014,8 +8777,14 @@ msgstr "Nie mo # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:442 -msgid "The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods." -msgstr "Wbudowane metody dostêpu nie s± zgodne z obecnymi standardami jako¶ci. Nale¿y u¿ywaæ metody apt, która nie tylko nie jest zepsuta, ale tak¿e jest o wiele bardziej elastyczna ni¿ metody wbudowane." +msgid "" +"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality " +"standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, " +"it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods." +msgstr "" +"Wbudowane metody dostêpu nie s± zgodne z obecnymi standardami jako¶ci. " +"Nale¿y u¿ywaæ metody apt, która nie tylko nie jest zepsuta, ale tak¿e jest o " +"wiele bardziej elastyczna ni¿ metody wbudowane." # type: Plain text # @@ -7026,14 +8795,22 @@ msgstr "B(1), B(8), B(5), B(5)." # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:453 -msgid "B was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list of contributors may be found in `dselect --license'." -msgstr "B napisa³ Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Pe³n± listê wspó³twórców mo¿na uzyskaæ wykonuj±c `dselect --license'." +msgid "" +"B was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list " +"of contributors may be found in `dselect --license'." +msgstr "" +"B napisa³ Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Pe³n± listê " +"wspó³twórców mo¿na uzyskaæ wykonuj±c `dselect --license'." # type: Plain text # #: ../dselect.1:456 -msgid "This manual page was written by Juho Vuori Ejavuori@cc.helsinki.fiE, Josip Rodin and Joost kooij." -msgstr "Podrêcznik napisali Juho Vuori Ejavuori@cc.helsinki.fiE, Josip Rodin i Joost kooij." +msgid "" +"This manual page was written by Juho Vuori Ejavuori@cc.helsinki.fiE, " +"Josip Rodin and Joost kooij." +msgstr "" +"Podrêcznik napisali Juho Vuori Ejavuori@cc.helsinki.fiE, Josip Rodin " +"i Joost kooij." # type: TH #: ../dselect.cfg.5:1 @@ -7048,8 +8825,16 @@ msgstr "dselect.cfg - plik konfiguracyjny programu dselect " # type: Plain text #: ../dselect.cfg.5:11 -msgid "This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline option for dselect except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." -msgstr "Plik ten zawiera domy¶lne opcje programu dselect. W ka¿dej linii wymieniona jest pojedyncza opcja, dok³adnie taka sama, jak normalna opcja linii poleceñ programu dselect z wyj±tkiem tego, ¿e nie s± u¿ywane pocz±tkowe my¶lniki. Mo¿na u¿ywaæ komentarzy, zaczynaj±c liniê znakiem hasha (\"B<#>\")." +msgid "" +"This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single " +"option which is exactly the same as a normal commandline option for dselect " +"except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Comments are allowed " +"by starting a line with a hash sign (\"B<#>\")." +msgstr "" +"Plik ten zawiera domy¶lne opcje programu dselect. W ka¿dej linii wymieniona " +"jest pojedyncza opcja, dok³adnie taka sama, jak normalna opcja linii poleceñ " +"programu dselect z wyj±tkiem tego, ¿e nie s± u¿ywane pocz±tkowe my¶lniki. " +"Mo¿na u¿ywaæ komentarzy, zaczynaj±c liniê znakiem hasha (\"B<#>\")." # type: TP #: ../dselect.cfg.5:14 @@ -7063,8 +8848,12 @@ msgstr "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" # type: Plain text #: ../dselect.cfg.5:20 -msgid "See I for the list of people who have contributed to B." -msgstr "Patrz plik I zawieraj±cy listê osób, które przyczyni³y siê do rozwoju programu B." +msgid "" +"See I for the list of people who have " +"contributed to B." +msgstr "" +"Patrz plik I zawieraj±cy listê osób, które " +"przyczyni³y siê do rozwoju programu B." # type: Plain text #: ../dselect.cfg.5:22 @@ -7079,24 +8868,37 @@ msgstr "install-info" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:8 -#, fuzzy msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory" -msgstr "install-info - tworzy lub aktualizuje wpis w katalogu info." +msgstr "install-info - tworzy lub aktualizuje wpis w katalogu Info" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:24 -#, fuzzy -msgid "B [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--maxwidth=>I] [B<--section >IB< >I] [B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] [B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<filename>" -msgstr "B<install-info> [--version] [--help] [--debug] [--maxwidth=nnn] [--section regexp title] [--infodir=xxx] [--align=nnn] [--quiet] [--menuentry=xxx] [--description=xxx] [--remove | --remove-exactly ] [--] nazwa-pliku" +msgid "" +"B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--" +"maxwidth=>I<nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<title>] [B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] " +"[B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--" +"description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<filename>" +msgstr "" +"B<install-info> [B<--version>] [B<--help>] [B<--debug>] [B<--" +"maxwidth=>I<nnn>] [B<--section >I<regexp>B< >I<tytu³>] [B<--infodir=>I<xxx>] " +"[B<--align=>I<nnn>] [B<--quiet>] [B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>] [B<--" +"description=>I<xxx>] [B<--remove>|B<--remove-exactly>] [B<-->] I<nazwa-pliku>" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:32 -msgid "B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a description from the contents of the file." +msgid "" +"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the " +"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is " +"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a " +"description from the contents of the file." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:39 -msgid "See the description of the B<--section> option for details of where the entry will be placed and a description of the expected format of the B<dir> file." +msgid "" +"See the description of the B<--section> option for details of where the " +"entry will be placed and a description of the expected format of the B<dir> " +"file." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -7107,17 +8909,30 @@ msgstr "B<[--] >I<nazwa pliku>" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:57 -msgid "Gives the filename of the Info file whose menu entry is to be created, updated or removed. If B<--remove-exactly> is specified, then I<filename> should be the exact entry name to be removed (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\" or \"gcc\"), otherwise the basename of this filename is used as the referent of the menu entry which is created, unless there's an overriding START-INFO-DIR entry inside the given file. This file must therefore exist (or be about to be installed, or have previously existed when removing an entry) in the same directory as the B<dir> file (see the B<--infodir> option)." +msgid "" +"Gives the filename of the Info file whose menu entry is to be created, " +"updated or removed. If B<--remove-exactly> is specified, then I<filename> " +"should be the exact entry name to be removed (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\" or " +"\"gcc\"), otherwise the basename of this filename is used as the referent of " +"the menu entry which is created, unless there's an overriding START-INFO-DIR " +"entry inside the given file. This file must therefore exist (or be about to " +"be installed, or have previously existed when removing an entry) in the same " +"directory as the B<dir> file (see the B<--infodir> option)." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:66 -msgid "If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, the latter is used instead." +msgid "" +"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with " +"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, " +"the latter is used instead." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:71 -msgid "When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified (possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)." +msgid "" +"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified " +"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)." msgstr "" # type: SS @@ -7128,27 +8943,40 @@ msgstr "B<--remove>" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:76 -msgid "Specifies that the entry for the file I<filename> is to be removed; by default entries are created or updated." +msgid "" +"Specifies that the entry for the file I<filename> is to be removed; by " +"default entries are created or updated." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:86 -msgid "If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file." +msgid "" +"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and " +"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last " +"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> " +"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:91 -msgid "If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently ignored." +msgid "" +"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the " +"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently " +"ignored." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:97 -msgid "It is not an error for no suitable entry to be found, though B<install-info> will issue a warning unless the B<--quiet> option was specified." +msgid "" +"It is not an error for no suitable entry to be found, though B<install-info> " +"will issue a warning unless the B<--quiet> option was specified." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:103 -msgid "When B<--remove> is specified the B<--maxwidth>, B<--align> and B<--calign> formatting options are silently ignored." +msgid "" +"When B<--remove> is specified the B<--maxwidth>, B<--align> and B<--calign> " +"formatting options are silently ignored." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -7159,43 +8987,71 @@ msgstr "B<--remove-exactly>" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:121 -msgid "This option is essentially the same as B<--remove> except that I<filename> is taken as the exact entry to be removed, rather than as the name of an existing file. This can be important when trying to remove entries that refer to info files in subdirectories (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\") because B<--remove> will operate on the basename of the given I<filename> rather than the exact name given. (i.e. B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" would cause B<install-info> to look for \"emacs\", not \"emacs-20/emacs\")." +msgid "" +"This option is essentially the same as B<--remove> except that I<filename> " +"is taken as the exact entry to be removed, rather than as the name of an " +"existing file. This can be important when trying to remove entries that " +"refer to info files in subdirectories (i.e. \"emacs-20/emacs\") because B<--" +"remove> will operate on the basename of the given I<filename> rather than " +"the exact name given. (i.e. B<--remove> \"emacs-20/emacs\" would cause " +"B<install-info> to look for \"emacs\", not \"emacs-20/emacs\")." msgstr "" # type: TP #: ../install-info.8:121 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "B<--section >I<regexp title>" -msgstr "B<--section >I<regexp title>" +msgstr "B<--section >I<wyra¿-regularne tytu³>" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:135 -msgid "Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file (see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title." +msgid "" +"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a " +"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such " +"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file " +"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu " +"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:142 -msgid "If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed." +msgid "" +"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it " +"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the " +"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be " +"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:148 -msgid "The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well specified location are appended to it." +msgid "" +"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last " +"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to " +"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section " +"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well " +"specified location are appended to it." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:151 -msgid "If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is replaced in situ with the new entry." +msgid "" +"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is " +"replaced in situ with the new entry." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:154 -msgid "If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and a warning is issued." +msgid "" +"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and " +"a warning is issued." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:160 -msgid "If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file." +msgid "" +"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no " +"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested " +"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -7206,7 +9062,10 @@ msgstr "B<--infodir=>I<katalog>" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:169 -msgid "Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/share/info/>." +msgid "" +"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info " +"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/share/" +"info/>." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -7217,7 +9076,11 @@ msgstr "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [przestarza # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:178 -msgid "Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset more. The default is 27." +msgid "" +"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least " +"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary " +"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset " +"more. The default is 27." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -7228,7 +9091,9 @@ msgstr "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [przestarza # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:184 -msgid "Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29." +msgid "" +"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be " +"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -7239,26 +9104,35 @@ msgstr "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [przestarza # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:190 -msgid "Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79." +msgid "" +"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used " +"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:195 -msgid "Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing entries and the creation and deletion of sections." +msgid "" +"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, " +"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing " +"entries and the creation and deletion of sections." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:200 -#, fuzzy msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit." -msgstr "Powoduje, ¿e B<install-info> wy¶wietli informacje o u¿yciu i zakoñczy dzia³anie." +msgstr "" +"Powoduje, ¿e B<install-info> wy¶wietli informacje o u¿yciu i zakoñczy " +"dzia³anie." # type: Plain text # #: ../install-info.8:205 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and exit." -msgstr "Powoduje, ¿e B<install-info> wy¶wietli informacje o wersji i prawach autorskich i zakoñczy dzia³anie." +msgid "" +"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and " +"exit." +msgstr "" +"Powoduje, ¿e B<install-info> wy¶wietli informacje o wersji i prawach " +"autorskich i zakoñczy dzia³anie." # type: TP #: ../install-info.8:205 @@ -7268,7 +9142,10 @@ msgstr "B<--description=>I<xxx>" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:212 -msgid "Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the Info file itself; this is found by searching for a section of the form" +msgid "" +"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated " +"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the " +"Info file itself; this is found by searching for a section of the form" msgstr "" # type: Plain text @@ -7288,12 +9165,21 @@ msgstr "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:227 -msgid "If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are ignored." +msgid "" +"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, " +"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In " +"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are " +"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, " +"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are " +"ignored." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:234 -msgid "If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that." +msgid "" +"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a " +"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will " +"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that." msgstr "" # type: Plain text @@ -7303,7 +9189,9 @@ msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:240 -msgid "If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is ignored and a warning is issued." +msgid "" +"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is " +"ignored and a warning is issued." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -7314,12 +9202,21 @@ msgstr "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:249 -msgid "Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for the menu entry in the Info file." +msgid "" +"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to " +"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present " +"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the " +"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for " +"the menu entry in the Info file." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:256 -msgid "When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is done." +msgid "" +"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the " +"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not " +"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is " +"done." msgstr "" # type: TP @@ -7330,31 +9227,43 @@ msgstr "B<--keep-old>" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:260 -msgid "Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty sections." +msgid "" +"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty " +"sections." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:264 -msgid "If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one." +msgid "" +"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old " +"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to " +"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one." msgstr "" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:269 -#, fuzzy -msgid "If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by the removal." -msgstr "Je¿eli podano opcjê B<--remove>, to B<--keep-old> zapobiegnie usuniêciu nag³ówka sekcji, co by siê zdarzy³o, gdyby po usuniêciu nag³ówka sekcja sta³a siê pusta." +msgid "" +"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the " +"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by " +"the removal." +msgstr "" +"Je¿eli podano opcjê B<--remove>, to B<--keep-old> zapobiegnie usuniêciu " +"nag³ówka sekcji, co by siê zdarzy³o, gdyby po usuniêciu nag³ówka sekcja " +"sta³a siê pusta." # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:272 -#, fuzzy msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file." msgstr "W³±cza tryb testowy, który powstrzymuje aktualizacjê pliku katalogu. " # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:276 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing steps are shown." -msgstr "W³±cza tryb debugowania, w którym pokazywane s± wyniki wewnêtrznych kroków przetwarzania." +msgid "" +"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing " +"steps are shown." +msgstr "" +"W³±cza tryb debugowania, w którym pokazywane s± wyniki wewnêtrznych kroków " +"przetwarzania." # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:281 @@ -7363,8 +9272,14 @@ msgstr "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>" # type: Plain text #: ../install-info.8:287 -msgid "Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is I<no> warranty." -msgstr "Copyright 1994 Ian Jackson. B<install-info> jest oprogramowaniem wolnym, sprawd¼ Powszechn± Licencjê Publiczn± GNU w wersji drugiej lub pó¼niejszej, by dowiedzieæ siê o warunkach dystrybucji. Brak I<JAKIEJKOLWIEK> gwarancji." +msgid "" +"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU " +"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is " +"I<no> warranty." +msgstr "" +"Copyright 1994 Ian Jackson. B<install-info> jest oprogramowaniem wolnym, " +"sprawd¼ Powszechn± Licencjê Publiczn± GNU w wersji drugiej lub pó¼niejszej, " +"by dowiedzieæ siê o warunkach dystrybucji. Brak I<JAKIEJKOLWIEK> gwarancji." # type: Plain text # @@ -7382,36 +9297,68 @@ msgstr "start-stop-daemon - uruchamia i zatrzymuje demony systemowe" # type: Plain text # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:9 -#, fuzzy msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> [I<options>] I<command>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<opcje>" +msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> [I<opcje>] I<polecenie>" # type: Plain text # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:17 -msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of system-level processes. Using the B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, and B<--name> options, B<start-stop-daemon> can be configured to find existing instances of a running process." -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> jest wykorzystywany do kontroli procesów uruchamianych i zatrzymywanych podczas prze³±czania trybów pracy. Opcje B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user> i B<--name> mog± okre¶liæ, w jaki sposób B<start-stop-daemon> ma sprawdziæ, czy dany proces jest ju¿ uruchomiony." +msgid "" +"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " +"system-level processes. Using the B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user>, and " +"B<--name> options, B<start-stop-daemon> can be configured to find existing " +"instances of a running process." +msgstr "" +"B<start-stop-daemon> jest wykorzystywany do kontroli procesów uruchamianych " +"i zatrzymywanych podczas prze³±czania trybów pracy. Opcje B<--exec>, B<--" +"pidfile>, B<--user> i B<--name> mog± okre¶liæ, w jaki sposób B<start-stop-" +"daemon> ma sprawdziæ, czy dany proces jest ju¿ uruchomiony." # type: Plain text # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:36 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Note: unless B<--pidfile> is specified, B<start-stop-daemon> behaves similar to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the process table looking for any processes which match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if B<--stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need to live through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile." -msgstr "Proszê zauwa¿yæ, ¿e je¿eli nie podano opcji B<--pidfile>, to B<start-stop-daemon> zachowuje siê podobnie do B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> przejrzy tabelê procesów, szukaj±c jakiegokolwiek procesu o zgodniej nazwie, identyfikatorze u¿ytkownika i/lub grupy (je¿eli je podano). Znalezienie jakiegokolwiek pasuj±cego procesu spowoduje, ¿e B<--start> nie uruchomi procesu. W wypadku opcji B<--stop> do wszystkich pasuj±cych procesów zostanie wys³any sygna³ KILL. Procesom, maj±cym d³ugo uruchomione dzieci, które musz± prze¿yæ operacjê B<--stop>, nale¿y okre¶liæ plik pidfile." +msgid "" +"Note: unless B<--pidfile> is specified, B<start-stop-daemon> behaves similar " +"to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the process table looking " +"for any processes which match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if " +"specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from starting the " +"daemon. All matching processes will be sent the KILL signal if B<--stop> is " +"specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need to live " +"through a B<--stop> you must specify a pidfile." +msgstr "" +"Proszê zauwa¿yæ, ¿e je¿eli nie podano opcji B<--pidfile>, to B<start-stop-" +"daemon> zachowuje siê podobnie do B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> " +"przejrzy tabelê procesów, szukaj±c jakiegokolwiek procesu o zgodniej nazwie, " +"identyfikatorze u¿ytkownika i/lub grupy (je¿eli je podano). Znalezienie " +"jakiegokolwiek pasuj±cego procesu spowoduje, ¿e B<--start> nie uruchomi " +"procesu. W wypadku opcji B<--stop> do wszystkich pasuj±cych procesów " +"zostanie wys³any sygna³ KILL. Procesom, maj±cym d³ugo ¿yj±ce dzieci, które " +"musz± prze¿yæ operacjê B<--stop>, nale¿y okre¶liæ plik pidfile." # type: Plain text # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:38 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "B<-S>, B<--start> [B<-->] I<arguments>" -msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<opcje> [B<-->] I<argumenty>" +msgstr "B<-S>, B<--start> [B<-->] I<argumenty>" # type: Plain text # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:55 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Check for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> does nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If such a process does not exist, it starts an instance, using either the executable specified by B<--exec>, (or, if specified, by B<--startas>). Any arguments given after B<--> on the command line are passed unmodified to the program being started." -msgstr "Operacja B<--start> wymaga, aby B<start-stop-daemon> sprawdzi³, czy dany proces jest ju¿ uruchomiony. Je¶li proces ju¿ istnieje, B<start-stop-daemon> nie wykonuje ¿adnych czynno¶ci i koñczy siê, zwracaj±c kod b³êdu 1 (lub 0, je¶li podano opcjê B<--oknodo>). Je¶li dany proces nie jest jeszcze uruchomiony, to wykonywany jest program okre¶lony opcj± B<--exec> (lub, je¶li podano, opcj± B<--startas>). Wszelkie argumenty podane tu¿ po opcji B<--> s± przekazywane do wykonywanego polecenia." +msgid "" +"Check for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, " +"B<start-stop-daemon> does nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--" +"oknodo> is specified). If such a process does not exist, it starts an " +"instance, using either the executable specified by B<--exec>, (or, if " +"specified, by B<--startas>). Any arguments given after B<--> on the command " +"line are passed unmodified to the program being started." +msgstr "" +"Sprawdza, czy dany proces jest ju¿ uruchomiony. Je¶li tak jest,to B<start-" +"stop-daemon> nie wykonuje ¿adnych czynno¶ci i koñczy siê, zwracaj±c kod " +"b³êdu 1 (lub 0, je¶li podano opcjê B<--oknodo>). Je¶li dany proces nie jest " +"jeszcze uruchomiony, to wykonywany jest program okre¶lony opcj± B<--exec> " +"(lub je¶li podano, opcj± B<--startas>). Wszelkie argumenty podane tu¿ po " +"opcji B<--> s± przekazywane do wykonywanego polecenia." # type: TP #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:55 @@ -7422,9 +9369,20 @@ msgstr "B<-K>, B<--stop>" # type: Plain text # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:73 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Checks for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, B<start-stop-daemon> sends it the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits with error status 0. If such a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is specified then B<start-stop-daemon> will check that the process(es) have terminated." -msgstr "Operacja B<--stop> tak¿e powoduje, ¿e B<start-stop-daemon> sprawdza, czy dany proces jest ju¿ uruchomiony. Je¶li tak jest, to B<start-stop-daemon> wysy³a sygna³ okre¶lony opcj± B<--signal> i koñczy swoj± pracê z kodem b³êdu 0. Je¶li proces nie istnieje, B<start-stop-daemon> koñczy siê z kodem b³êdu 1 (lub 0, je¶li podano opcjê B<--oknodo>). Je¿eli podano opcjê B<--retry>, to B<start-stop-daemon> sprawdzi, czy proces(y) siê zakoñczy³(y)." +msgid "" +"Checks for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, " +"B<start-stop-daemon> sends it the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits " +"with error status 0. If such a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> " +"exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is " +"specified then B<start-stop-daemon> will check that the process(es) have " +"terminated." +msgstr "" +"Sprawdza, czy dany proces jest ju¿ uruchomiony. Je¶li tak jest, to B<start-" +"stop-daemon> wysy³a sygna³ okre¶lony opcj± B<--signal> i koñczy swoj± pracê " +"z kodem b³êdu 0. Je¶li proces nie istnieje, B<start-stop-daemon> koñczy siê " +"z kodem b³êdu 1 (lub 0, je¶li podano opcjê B<--oknodo>). Je¿eli podano " +"opcjê B<--retry>, to B<start-stop-daemon> sprawdzi, czy proces(y) siê " +"zakoñczy³(y)." # type: TP #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:73 @@ -7450,15 +9408,19 @@ msgstr "Wy # type: TP #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:81 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "B<-x>, B<--exec> I<executable>" -msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<program>" +msgstr "B<-x>, B<--exec> I<plik-wykonywalny>" # type: Plain text # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:85 -msgid "Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." -msgstr "Sprawdza istnienie procesów, które by³yby wywo³ane uruchomieniem podanego w opcji programu (sprawdzana jest zawarto¶æ B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." +msgid "" +"Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</" +"proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." +msgstr "" +"Sprawdza istnienie procesów, które by³yby wywo³ane uruchomieniem podanego w " +"opcji programu (sprawdzana jest zawarto¶æ B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." # type: TP #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:85 @@ -7481,8 +9443,11 @@ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" # type: Plain text # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:95 -msgid "Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>." -msgstr "Sprawdzanie dla procesów, których w³a¶cicielem jest u¿ytkownik o nazwie I<u¿ytkownik> lub numerze I<uid>." +msgid "" +"Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>." +msgstr "" +"Sprawdzanie dla procesów, których w³a¶cicielem jest u¿ytkownik o nazwie " +"I<u¿ytkownik> lub numerze I<uid>." # type: TP #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:95 @@ -7505,8 +9470,12 @@ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--name> I<nazwa-procesu>" # type: Plain text # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:104 -msgid "Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/>I<pid>B</stat>)." -msgstr "Sprawdzanie dla procesów o nazwie I<nazwa-procesu> (sprawdzana jest zawarto¶æ B</proc/>I<pid>B</stat>)." +msgid "" +"Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/" +">I<pid>B</stat>)." +msgstr "" +"Sprawdzanie dla procesów o nazwie I<nazwa-procesu> (sprawdzana jest " +"zawarto¶æ B</proc/>I<pid>B</stat>)." # type: TP #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:104 @@ -7517,8 +9486,12 @@ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--signal> I<signal>" # type: Plain text # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:109 -msgid "With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped (default 15)." -msgstr "Przy operacji B<--stop>, wysy³any jest sygna³ o podanej warto¶ci do zatrzymywanego procesu (domy¶lnie jest to 15)." +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " +"(default 15)." +msgstr "" +"Przy operacji B<--stop>, wysy³any jest sygna³ o podanej warto¶ci do " +"zatrzymywanego procesu (domy¶lnie jest to 15)." # type: TP #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:109 @@ -7529,26 +9502,59 @@ msgstr "B<-R>, B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" # type: Plain text # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:119 -msgid "With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will then take further action as determined by the schedule." -msgstr "W czasie operacji B<--stop> powoduje sprawdzenie przez B<start-stop-daemon>, czy proces(y) siê zakoñczy³(y). Sprawdzanie jest powtarzane, je¿eli dzia³a jakikolwiek pasuj±cy proces, dopóki wszystkie siê nie skoñcz±. Je¿eli procesy siê nie zakoñcz±, podejmowane s± akcje okre¶lone przez parametr I<plan-dzia³ania>." +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " +"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " +"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " +"then take further action as determined by the schedule." +msgstr "" +"W czasie operacji B<--stop> powoduje sprawdzenie przez B<start-stop-daemon>, " +"czy proces(y) siê zakoñczy³(y). Sprawdzanie jest powtarzane, je¿eli dzia³a " +"jakikolwiek pasuj±cy proces, dopóki wszystkie siê nie skoñcz±. Je¿eli " +"procesy siê nie zakoñcz±, podejmowane s± akcje okre¶lone przez parametr " +"I<plan-dzia³ania>." # type: Plain text # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:130 -msgid "If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the signal specified with B<--signal>." -msgstr "Je¿eli okre¶lono I<timeout> zamiast I<plan-dzia³ania>, to wtedy u¿ywany jest nastêpuj±cy plan dzia³ania: I<sygna³>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout>, gdzie I<sygna³> jest okre¶lony za pomoc± opcji B<--signal>." +msgid "" +"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule> then the schedule " +"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " +"signal specified with B<--signal>." +msgstr "" +"Je¿eli okre¶lono I<timeout> zamiast I<plan-dzia³ania>, to wtedy u¿ywany jest " +"nastêpuj±cy plan dzia³ania: I<sygna³>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout>, " +"gdzie I<sygna³> jest okre¶lony za pomoc± opcji B<--signal>." # type: Plain text # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:146 -msgid "I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the schedule forever if necessary." -msgstr "I<plan-dzia³ania> jest list± co najmniej dwóch warto¶ci oddzielonych znakami uko¶nika (B</>); ka¿d± z tych warto¶ci mo¿e byæ albo B<->I<numer-sygna³u> lub [B<->]I<nazwa-sygna³u>, co oznacza wys³anie tego sygna³u, albo I<timeout>, okre¶laj±cy liczbê sekund, któr± nale¿y czekaæ na zakoñczenie procesu, albo I<forever>, oznaczaj±cy, ¿e reszta planu dzia³ania ma byæ powtarzana dopóki jest to konieczne." +msgid "" +"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " +"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " +"to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " +"for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " +"schedule forever if necessary." +msgstr "" +"I<plan-dzia³ania> jest list± co najmniej dwóch warto¶ci oddzielonych znakami " +"uko¶nika (B</>); ka¿d± z tych warto¶ci mo¿e byæ albo B<->I<numer-sygna³u> " +"lub [B<->]I<nazwa-sygna³u>, co oznacza wys³anie tego sygna³u, albo " +"I<timeout>, okre¶laj±cy liczbê sekund, któr± nale¿y czekaæ na zakoñczenie " +"procesu, albo I<forever>, oznaczaj±cy, ¿e reszta planu dzia³ania ma byæ " +"powtarzana dopóki jest to konieczne." # type: Plain text # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:156 -msgid "If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." -msgstr "Je¿eli osi±gniêto koniec planu dzia³ania, a opcja B<forever> nie zosta³a u¿yta, to B<start-stop-daemon> koñczy dzia³anie z kodem b³êdu 2. Je¿eli zosta³ okre¶lony plan dzia³ania, to sygna³ podany w B<--signal> jest ignorowany." +msgid "" +"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " +"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " +"then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." +msgstr "" +"Je¿eli osi±gniêto koniec planu dzia³ania, a opcja B<forever> nie zosta³a " +"u¿yta, to B<start-stop-daemon> koñczy dzia³anie z kodem b³êdu 2. Je¿eli " +"zosta³ okre¶lony plan dzia³ania, to sygna³ podany w B<--signal> jest " +"ignorowany." # type: TP #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:156 @@ -7559,8 +9565,13 @@ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--startas> I<nazwa- # type: Plain text # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:164 -msgid "With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." -msgstr "Przy operacji B<--start>, Uruchamiany jest program o okre¶lonej I<¶cie¿ce>. Je¶li brak tej opcji, domy¶lnie uruchamiany jest program podany w opcji B<--exec>." +msgid "" +"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " +"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." +msgstr "" +"Przy operacji B<--start>, Uruchamiany jest program o okre¶lonej I<¶cie¿ce>. " +"Je¶li brak tej opcji, domy¶lnie uruchamiany jest program podany w opcji B<--" +"exec>." # type: TP #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:164 @@ -7571,8 +9582,12 @@ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--test>" # type: Plain text # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:168 -msgid "Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take no action." -msgstr "Wy¶wietlana jest czynno¶æ, jak± nale¿a³oby wykonaæ, a tak¿e zwracany jest odpowiedni kod b³êdu, ale opcja ta nie powoduje ¿adnych operacji." +msgid "" +"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " +"no action." +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietlana jest czynno¶æ, jak± nale¿a³oby wykonaæ, a tak¿e zwracany jest " +"odpowiedni kod b³êdu, ale opcja ta nie powoduje ¿adnych operacji." # type: TP #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:168 @@ -7584,7 +9599,9 @@ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--oknodo>" # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:171 msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." -msgstr "Zwracany jest kod b³êdu 0, nawet gdyby operacja nie zakoñczy³a siê powodzeniem (zwróci³aby 1)." +msgstr "" +"Zwracany jest kod b³êdu 0, nawet gdyby operacja nie zakoñczy³a siê " +"powodzeniem (zwróci³aby 1)." # type: TP #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:171 @@ -7607,20 +9624,39 @@ msgstr "B<-c >,B< --chuid >I<u # type: Plain text # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:191 -msgid "Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)." -msgstr "Zmiana u¿ytkownika/uid przed uruchomieniem procesu. Mo¿na tak¿e zmieniæ grupê poprzez do³±czenie B<:> wraz z nazw± grupy b±d¼ numerem gid, podobnie jak w poleceniu `chown' (I<u¿ytkownik>B<:>I<grupa>). Podczas korzystania z tej opcji nale¿y pamiêtaæ, ¿e grupa g³ówna i poboczne zostan± ustawione, nawet gdy nie podano opcji B<--group>. Opcja B<--group> jest przydatna tylko dla grup, których podany u¿ytkownik nie jest cz³onkiem (na przyk³ad przy dodawaniu procesowi cz³onkostwa grupy dla takich u¿ytkowników jak B<nobody>)." +msgid "" +"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " +"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " +"as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). When using this " +"option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups are set as " +"well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--group> option " +"is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of (like adding per " +"process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)." +msgstr "" +"Zmiana u¿ytkownika/uid przed uruchomieniem procesu. Mo¿na tak¿e zmieniæ " +"grupê poprzez do³±czenie B<:> wraz z nazw± grupy b±d¼ numerem gid, podobnie " +"jak w poleceniu `chown' (I<u¿ytkownik>B<:>I<grupa>). Podczas korzystania z " +"tej opcji nale¿y pamiêtaæ, ¿e grupa g³ówna i poboczne zostan± ustawione, " +"nawet gdy nie podano opcji B<--group>. Opcja B<--group> jest przydatna tylko " +"dla grup, których podany u¿ytkownik nie jest cz³onkiem (na przyk³ad przy " +"dodawaniu procesowi cz³onkostwa grupy dla takich u¿ytkowników jak B<nobody>)." # type: TP #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:191 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<root>" -msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>" +msgstr "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<root>" # type: Plain text # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:197 -msgid "Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that the pidfile is also written after the chroot." -msgstr "Zmienia katalog bie¿±cy na I<root> i czyni go g³ównym katalogiem (rootem) przed wystartowaniem procesu. Proszê zauwa¿yæ, ¿e plik pidfile jest tworzony po wykonaniu chroot." +msgid "" +"Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that " +"the pidfile is also written after the chroot." +msgstr "" +"Zmienia katalog bie¿±cy na I<root> i czyni go g³ównym katalogiem (rootem) " +"przed wystartowaniem procesu. Proszê zauwa¿yæ, ¿e plik pidfile jest tworzony " +"po wykonaniu chroot." # type: TP #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:197 @@ -7631,8 +9667,16 @@ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--chdir> I< # type: Plain text # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:205 -msgid "Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process." -msgstr "Przed uruchomieniem procesu zmienia katalog bie¿±cy na I<¶cie¿kê>. Robione jest to przed zmienieniem g³ównego katalogu (roota), je¿eli podano równie¿ opcjê B<-r>|B<--chroot>. Je¶li nie podano tej opcji, to przed uruchomieniem procesu B<start-stop-daemon> ustawi jego katalog bie¿±cy na g³ówny katalog (root)." +msgid "" +"Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot " +"if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-" +"daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process." +msgstr "" +"Przed uruchomieniem procesu zmienia katalog bie¿±cy na I<¶cie¿kê>. Robione " +"jest to przed zmienieniem g³ównego katalogu (roota), je¿eli podano równie¿ " +"opcjê B<-r>|B<--chroot>. Je¶li nie podano tej opcji, to przed uruchomieniem " +"procesu B<start-stop-daemon> ustawi jego katalog bie¿±cy na g³ówny katalog " +"(root)." # type: TP #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:205 @@ -7643,9 +9687,23 @@ msgstr "B<-b>, B<--background>" # type: Plain text # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:217 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and force it into the background. B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to do this themself." -msgstr "Zwykle u¿ywa siê tej opcji dla programów, które nie od³±czaj± siê od terminala (detach) samoistnie. Ta opcja spowoduje, ¿e B<start-stop-daemon> utworzy proces potomny przed uruchomieniem programu i bêdzie kontynuowaæ go w tle. B<UWAGA: start-stop-daemon> nie mo¿e sprawdziæ kodu b³êdu je¿eli proces siê nie wykona z B<jakiegokolwiek> powodu. Ta opcja powinna byæ u¿ywana w ostateczno¶ci, gdy dany program sam nie tworzy procesu potomnego." +msgid "" +"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " +"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " +"force it into the background. B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " +"the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a " +"last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense " +"forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to " +"do this themself." +msgstr "" +"Zwykle u¿ywa siê tej opcji dla programów, które nie od³±czaj± siê od " +"terminala (detach) samoistnie. Ta opcja spowoduje, ¿e B<start-stop-daemon> " +"utworzy proces potomny przed uruchomieniem programu i bêdzie kontynuowaæ go " +"w tle. B<UWAGA: start-stop-daemon> nie mo¿e sprawdziæ kodu b³êdu, je¿eli " +"proces siê nie wykona z B<jakiegokolwiek> powodu. Ta opcja powinna byæ " +"u¿ywana w ostateczno¶ci i jest przewidziana tylko dla programów, które same " +"nie tworz± procesów potomnych i nie jest mo¿liwe dodanie do samego programu " +"kodu uruchamiaj±cego proces potomny." # type: TP #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:217 @@ -7668,9 +9726,8 @@ msgstr "B<-k>, B<--umask> I<maska>" # type: Plain text # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:223 -#, fuzzy msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it." -msgstr "Zmienia priorytet uruchamianego procesu." +msgstr "Ustawia maskê praw dostêpu (umask) procesu przed jego uruchomieniem." # type: TP #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:223 @@ -7681,9 +9738,23 @@ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--make-pidfile>" # type: Plain text # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:238 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, the file will not be removed when stopping the program. B<NOTE:> This feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the program being executed forks from its main process. Because of this it is usually only useful when combined with the B<--background> option." -msgstr "Opcja u¿ywana, gdy program sam nie tworzy w³asnego pliku pid. Wykorzystanie tej opcji spowoduje, ¿e B<start-stop-daemon> utworzy plik, który zosta³ podany w opcji B<--pidfile> i umie¶ci w nim numer pid tu¿ przed uruchomieniem procesu. Nale¿y zauwa¿yæ, ¿e ta opcja nie skasuje tego pliku po zatrzymaniu programu. B<UWAGA:> Ta opcja mo¿e nie zadzia³aæ w ka¿dym przypadku. Zadzia³a przede wszystkim, gdy program zostanie uruchomiony z procesu potomnego, dlatego te¿ ta opcja jest u¿yteczna jedynie wraz z opcj± B<--background>." +msgid "" +"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " +"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--" +"pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, " +"the file will not be removed when stopping the program. B<NOTE:> This " +"feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the program being " +"executed forks from its main process. Because of this it is usually only " +"useful when combined with the B<--background> option." +msgstr "" +"Opcja u¿ywana, gdy program sam nie tworzy w³asnego pliku pid. Wykorzystanie " +"tej opcji spowoduje, ¿e B<start-stop-daemon> utworzy plik, który zosta³ " +"podany w opcji B<--pidfile> i umie¶ci w nim numer pid tu¿ przed " +"uruchomieniem procesu. Nale¿y zauwa¿yæ, ¿e ta opcja nie skasuje tego pliku " +"po zatrzymaniu programu. B<UWAGA:> Ta opcja mo¿e nie zadzia³aæ w ka¿dym " +"przypadku. Nie zadzia³a przede wszystkim wtedy, gdy uruchamiany program " +"utworzy proces potomny. Z tego powodu opcja jest u¿yteczna jedynie wraz z " +"opcj± B<--background>." # type: TP #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:238 @@ -7700,14 +9771,23 @@ msgstr "Wy # type: Plain text # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:245 -msgid "Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." -msgstr "Marek Micha³kiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> na podstawie poprzedniej wersji napisanej przez Iana Jacksona E<lt>ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.eduE<gt>" +msgid "" +"Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a " +"previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." +msgstr "" +"Marek Micha³kiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> na podstawie " +"poprzedniej wersji napisanej przez Iana Jacksona E<lt>ijackson@gnu.ai.mit." +"eduE<gt>" # type: Plain text # #: ../start-stop-daemon.8:247 -msgid "Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by Ian Jackson." -msgstr "Podrêcznik napisa³ Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, a poprawi³ Ian Jackson." +msgid "" +"Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by " +"Ian Jackson." +msgstr "" +"Podrêcznik napisa³ Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, a poprawi³ Ian " +"Jackson." # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:8 @@ -7717,8 +9797,11 @@ msgstr "update-alternatives" # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:11 -msgid "update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" -msgstr "update-alternatives - zarz±dzanie linkami symbolicznymi okre¶laj±cymi domy¶lne polecenia" +msgid "" +"update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" +msgstr "" +"update-alternatives - zarz±dzanie linkami symbolicznymi okre¶laj±cymi " +"domy¶lne polecenia" # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:16 @@ -7727,64 +9810,182 @@ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opcje>] I<polecenie>" # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:21 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> tworzy, usuwa, wy¶wietla oraz zarz±dza informacjami o linkach symbolicznych sk³adaj±cych siê na system alternatyw Debiana." +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information " +"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> tworzy, usuwa, wy¶wietla oraz zarz±dza informacjami o " +"linkach symbolicznych sk³adaj±cych siê na system alternatyw Debiana." # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:29 -#, fuzzy -msgid "It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." -msgstr "Kilka programów maj±cych tê sam± lub podobn± funkcjonalno¶æ mo¿e zostaæ zainstalowanych w systemie w tym samym czasie. Na przyk³ad w wielu systemach jest zainstalowanych jednocze¶nie kilka edytorów tekstu. Stanowi to u³atwienie dla u¿ytkowników takiego systemu, z których ka¿dy mo¿e uruchomiæ inny edytor, je¶li ma na to ochotê. Z drugiej strony jest to jednak utrudnienie dla programów chc±cych podj±æ w³a¶ciw± decyzjê, który edytor uruchomiæ, je¿eli u¿ytkownik nie okre¶li³ swoich preferencji co do edytora." +msgid "" +"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions " +"to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many " +"systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to " +"the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, " +"but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to " +"invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." +msgstr "" +"Kilka programów maj±cych tê sam± lub podobn± funkcjonalno¶æ mo¿e zostaæ " +"zainstalowanych w systemie w tym samym czasie. Na przyk³ad w wielu systemach " +"jest zainstalowanych jednocze¶nie kilka edytorów tekstu. Stanowi to " +"u³atwienie dla u¿ytkowników takiego systemu, z których ka¿dy mo¿e uruchomiæ " +"inny edytor, je¶li ma na to ochotê. Z drugiej strony jest to jednak " +"utrudnienie dla programów chc±cych podj±æ w³a¶ciw± decyzjê, który edytor " +"uruchomiæ, je¿eli u¿ytkownik nie okre¶li³ swoich preferencji co do edytora." # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:51 -msgid "Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested to do so." -msgstr "Celem systemu alternatyw Debiana jest rozwi±zanie tego problemu. Ogólna nazwa w systemie plików jest wspó³dzielona przez wszystkie pliki dostarczaj±ce zmieniaj±c± siê funkcjonalno¶æ. System alternatyw wraz z administratorem systemu okre¶laj±, do którego obecnego pliku prowadzi ta ogólna nazwa. Na przyk³ad je¿eli zainstalowano zarówno edytor B<ed>(1), jak i B<nvi>(1), to system alternatyw spowoduje, ¿e nazwa ogólna I</usr/bin/editor> bêdzie siê odnosiæ do I</usr/bin/nvi>. Administrator systemu mo¿e zmieniæ to ustawienie na I</usr/bin/ed>, a system alternatyw tego nie zmieni, chyba ¿e administrator ka¿e mu tak zrobiæ." +msgid "" +"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in " +"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable " +"functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator " +"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. " +"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed " +"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/" +"bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator " +"can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the " +"alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested " +"to do so." +msgstr "" +"Celem systemu alternatyw Debiana jest rozwi±zanie tego problemu. Ogólna " +"nazwa w systemie plików jest wspó³dzielona przez wszystkie pliki " +"dostarczaj±ce zmieniaj±c± siê funkcjonalno¶æ. System alternatyw wraz z " +"administratorem systemu okre¶laj±, do którego obecnego pliku prowadzi ta " +"ogólna nazwa. Na przyk³ad je¿eli zainstalowano zarówno edytor B<ed>(1), jak " +"i B<nvi>(1), to system alternatyw spowoduje, ¿e nazwa ogólna I</usr/bin/" +"editor> bêdzie siê odnosiæ do I</usr/bin/nvi>. Administrator systemu mo¿e " +"zmieniæ to ustawienie na I</usr/bin/ed>, a system alternatyw tego nie " +"zmieni, chyba ¿e administrator ka¿e mu tak zrobiæ." # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:61 -msgid "The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be confined within the I</etc> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why this is a Good Thing." -msgstr "Nazwa ogólna nie jest bezpo¶rednim linkiem symbolicznym do wybranej alternatywy, ale jest linkiem do pliku w I<katalogu> I<alternatyw>, który to z kolei jest linkiem do w³a¶ciwego pliku. Jest tak zrobione dlatego, ¿eby zmiany administratora systemu by³y po³±czone ze zmianami w katalogu I</etc>: standard FHS wymienia powody, aby tak zrobiæ." +msgid "" +"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. " +"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> " +"I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file " +"referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be " +"confined within the I</etc> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why this " +"is a Good Thing." +msgstr "" +"Nazwa ogólna nie jest bezpo¶rednim linkiem symbolicznym do wybranej " +"alternatywy, ale jest linkiem do pliku w I<katalogu> I<alternatyw>, który to " +"z kolei jest linkiem do w³a¶ciwego pliku. Jest tak zrobione dlatego, ¿eby " +"zmiany administratora systemu by³y po³±czone ze zmianami w katalogu I</etc>: " +"standard FHS wymienia powody, aby tak zrobiæ." # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:73 -msgid "When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> or B<prerm> scripts in Debian packages." -msgstr "Kiedy pakiet dostarczaj±cy pliku o okre¶lonej funkcjonalno¶ci jest instalowany, zmieniany lub usuwany, wywo³ywany jest program B<update-alternatives>, aby zaktualizowaæ informacje o tym pliku w systemie alternatyw. B<update-alternatives> jest zazwyczaj wywo³ywany ze skryptów B<postinst> lub B<prerm> w pakietach Debiana." +msgid "" +"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is " +"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update " +"information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-" +"alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> or B<prerm> scripts in " +"Debian packages." +msgstr "" +"Kiedy pakiet dostarczaj±cy pliku o okre¶lonej funkcjonalno¶ci jest " +"instalowany, zmieniany lub usuwany, wywo³ywany jest program B<update-" +"alternatives>, aby zaktualizowaæ informacje o tym pliku w systemie " +"alternatyw. B<update-alternatives> jest zazwyczaj wywo³ywany ze skryptów " +"B<postinst> lub B<prerm> w pakietach Debiana." # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:92 -msgid "It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the B<vi>(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by I</usr/share/man/man1/vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/vi>. B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>." -msgstr "Czêsto u¿yteczne jest, aby pewna liczba alternatyw by³a zsynchronizowana, tak ¿eby by³a zmieniana jako grupa. Na przyk³ad je¿eli jest zainstalowane kilka wersji edytora B<vi>(1), to strona podrêcznika I</usr/share/man/man1/vi.1>powinna odpowiadaæ wersji programu zainstalowanego jako I</usr/bin/vi>. B<update-alternatives> obs³uguje to przy pomocy linków I<g³ównych> i I<podrzêdnych> - zmiana linku g³ównego powoduje zmianê skojarzonych linków podrzêdnych. Link g³ówny i skojarzone z nim linki podrzêdne tworz± I<grupê> I<linków>." +msgid "" +"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that " +"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the B<vi>" +"(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by I</usr/share/man/man1/" +"vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/vi>. " +"B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> " +"links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A " +"master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>." +msgstr "" +"Czêsto u¿yteczne jest, aby pewna liczba alternatyw by³a zsynchronizowana, " +"tak ¿eby by³a zmieniana jako grupa. Na przyk³ad je¿eli jest zainstalowane " +"kilka wersji edytora B<vi>(1), to strona podrêcznika I</usr/share/man/man1/" +"vi.1>powinna odpowiadaæ wersji programu zainstalowanego jako I</usr/bin/vi>. " +"B<update-alternatives> obs³uguje to przy pomocy linków I<g³ównych> i " +"I<podrzêdnych> - zmiana linku g³ównego powoduje zmianê skojarzonych linków " +"podrzêdnych. Link g³ówny i skojarzone z nim linki podrzêdne tworz± I<grupê> " +"I<linków>." # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:100 -msgid "Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will not change the links; it will leave all the decisions to the system administrator." -msgstr "W dowolnym czasie ka¿da grupa linków mo¿e byæ w jednym z dwu trybów: automatycznym lub rêcznym. W trybie automatycznym podczas instalacji lub usuwania pakietu system alternatyw automatycznie zdecyduje, czy i jak aktualizowaæ linki. W trybie rêcznym system alternatyw nie bêdzie zmienia³ linków i zostawi wszystkie decyzje administratorowi systemu." +msgid "" +"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or " +"manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will " +"automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how " +"to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will not " +"change the links; it will leave all the decisions to the system " +"administrator." +msgstr "" +"W dowolnym czasie ka¿da grupa linków mo¿e byæ w jednym z dwu trybów: " +"automatycznym lub rêcznym. W trybie automatycznym podczas instalacji lub " +"usuwania pakietu system alternatyw automatycznie zdecyduje, czy i jak " +"aktualizowaæ linki. W trybie rêcznym system alternatyw nie bêdzie zmienia³ " +"linków i zostawi wszystkie decyzje administratorowi systemu." # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:109 -msgid "Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to manual mode." -msgstr "Grupa linków jest trybie automatycznym, kiedy jest po raz pierwszy wprowadzana do systemu. Je¿eli administrator systemu wprowadzi zmiany do automatycznych ustawieñ, bêd± one wziête pod uwagê podczas nastêpnego uruchomienia B<update-alternatives> na takiej zmienionej grupie linków, a grupa ta automatycznie przejdzie w tryb rêczny." +msgid "" +"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the " +"system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic " +"settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run " +"on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to " +"manual mode." +msgstr "" +"Grupa linków jest trybie automatycznym, kiedy jest po raz pierwszy " +"wprowadzana do systemu. Je¿eli administrator systemu wprowadzi zmiany do " +"automatycznych ustawieñ, bêd± one wziête pod uwagê podczas nastêpnego " +"uruchomienia B<update-alternatives> na takiej zmienionej grupie linków, a " +"grupa ta automatycznie przejdzie w tryb rêczny." # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:116 -msgid "Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will be those which have the highest priority." -msgstr "Z ka¿d± alternatyw± skojarzony jest I<priorytet>. Je¿eli grupa linków jest w trybie automatycznym, to wybran± alternatyw± bêdzie ta, która ma najwy¿szy priorytet." +msgid "" +"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is " +"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will " +"be those which have the highest priority." +msgstr "" +"Z ka¿d± alternatyw± skojarzony jest I<priorytet>. Je¿eli grupa linków jest w " +"trybie automatycznym, to wybran± alternatyw± bêdzie ta, która ma najwy¿szy " +"priorytet." # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:132 -#, fuzzy -msgid "When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the highest priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for your choice regarding this link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no longer be in I<auto> mode. You will need to use the I<--auto> option in order to return to the automatic mode." -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> u¿yte z opcj± I<--config> wy¶wietli listê wszystkich alternatyw dla grupy linków, dla której podana I<nazwa> jest nazw± linku g³ównego. Bie¿±ca alternatywa zostanie oznaczony znakiem '*', a alternatywa o najwy¿szym priorytecie bêdzie oznaczony przez '+'. U¿ytkownik zostanie poproszony o wybór alternatywy, która bêdzie u¿ywana dla tej grupy linków. Po dokonaniu zmiany grupa linków nie bêdzie ju¿ w trybie I<automatycznym>. Aby przywróciæ tryb automatyczny, nale¿y u¿yæ opcji I<--auto>." +msgid "" +"When using the I<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of " +"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master link. " +"The current choice is marked with a '*' and the choice with the highest " +"priority with a '+'. You will then be prompted for your choice regarding " +"this link group. Once you make a change, the link group will no longer be " +"in I<auto> mode. You will need to use the I<--auto> option in order to " +"return to the automatic mode." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> u¿yte z opcj± I<--config> wy¶wietli listê wszystkich " +"alternatyw dla grupy linków, dla której podana I<nazwa> jest nazw± linku " +"g³ównego. Bie¿±ca alternatywa zostanie oznaczona znakiem '*', a alternatywa " +"o najwy¿szym priorytecie bêdzie oznaczona przez '+'. U¿ytkownik zostanie " +"poproszony o wybór alternatywy, która bêdzie u¿ywana dla tej grupy linków. " +"Po dokonaniu zmiany grupa linków nie bêdzie ju¿ w trybie I<automatycznym>. " +"Aby przywróciæ tryb automatyczny, nale¿y u¿yæ opcji I<--auto>." # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:136 -msgid "If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option instead (see below)." -msgstr "Aby skonfigurowaæ nieinteraktywnie, mo¿na u¿yæ opcji I<--set> (patrz ni¿ej)." +msgid "" +"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the I<--set> option " +"instead (see below)." +msgstr "" +"Aby skonfigurowaæ nieinteraktywnie, mo¿na u¿yæ opcji I<--set> (patrz ni¿ej)." # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:147 -msgid "Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. That is - the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all involved packages in such case - it is not possible to override some file in a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism." +msgid "" +"Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. " +"That is - the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all " +"involved packages in such case - it is not possible to override some file in " +"a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism." msgstr "" # type: SH @@ -7795,8 +9996,12 @@ msgstr "TERMINOLOGIA" # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:153 -msgid "Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some specific terms will help to explain its operation." -msgstr "Poniewa¿ operacje programu B<update-alternatives> s± do¶æ z³o¿one, wprowadzimy parê terminów, które pomog± je zrozumieæ." +msgid "" +"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some " +"specific terms will help to explain its operation." +msgstr "" +"Poniewa¿ operacje programu B<update-alternatives> s± do¶æ z³o¿one, " +"wprowadzimy parê terminów, które pomog± je zrozumieæ." # type: TP #: ../update-alternatives.8:153 @@ -7806,8 +10011,12 @@ msgstr "nazwa og # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:159 -msgid "A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, to one of a number of files of similar function." -msgstr "Nazwa, taka jak I</usr/bin/editor>, która odnosi siê przez system alternatyw do jednego z kilku plików o podobnej funkcjonalno¶ci." +msgid "" +"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, " +"to one of a number of files of similar function." +msgstr "" +"Nazwa, taka jak I</usr/bin/editor>, która odnosi siê przez system alternatyw " +"do jednego z kilku plików o podobnej funkcjonalno¶ci." # type: TP #: ../update-alternatives.8:159 @@ -7817,8 +10026,13 @@ msgstr "link symboliczny" # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:164 -msgid "Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to adjust." -msgstr "Bez ¿adnego szczegó³owego dookre¶lenia, oznacza to link symboliczny w katalogu alternatyw: ten, który administrator systemu powinien poprawiaæ." +msgid "" +"Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the " +"alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to " +"adjust." +msgstr "" +"Bez ¿adnego szczegó³owego dookre¶lenia, oznacza to link symboliczny w " +"katalogu alternatyw: ten, który administrator systemu powinien poprawiaæ." # type: TP #: ../update-alternatives.8:164 @@ -7828,8 +10042,12 @@ msgstr "alternatywa" # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:168 -msgid "The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible via a generic name using the alternatives system." -msgstr "Nazwa okre¶lonego pliku w systemie plików, który w systemie alternatyw mo¿e byæ dostêpny przez nazwê ogóln±." +msgid "" +"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible " +"via a generic name using the alternatives system." +msgstr "" +"Nazwa okre¶lonego pliku w systemie plików, który w systemie alternatyw mo¿e " +"byæ dostêpny przez nazwê ogóln±." # type: TP #: ../update-alternatives.8:168 @@ -7850,8 +10068,12 @@ msgstr "katalog administracyjny" # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:180 -msgid "A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-alternatives>' state information." -msgstr "Katalog zawieraj±cy informacje o stanie B<update-alternatives>, domy¶lnie I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>." +msgid "" +"A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-" +"alternatives>' state information." +msgstr "" +"Katalog zawieraj±cy informacje o stanie B<update-alternatives>, domy¶lnie I</" +"var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>." # type: TP #: ../update-alternatives.8:180 @@ -7872,8 +10094,12 @@ msgstr "link g # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:187 -msgid "The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group are configured." -msgstr "Link w grupie linków, który okre¶la sposób konfigurowania innych linków z grupy." +msgid "" +"The link in a link group which determines how the other links in the group " +"are configured." +msgstr "" +"Link w grupie linków, który okre¶la sposób konfigurowania innych linków z " +"grupy." # type: TP #: ../update-alternatives.8:187 @@ -7883,8 +10109,11 @@ msgstr "link podrz # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:191 -msgid "A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master link." -msgstr "Link w grupie linków, który jest kontrolowany przez ustawienie linku g³ównego." +msgid "" +"A link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of the master link." +msgstr "" +"Link w grupie linków, który jest kontrolowany przez ustawienie linku " +"g³ównego." # type: TP #: ../update-alternatives.8:191 @@ -7894,9 +10123,13 @@ msgstr "tryb automatyczny" # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:197 -#, fuzzy -msgid "When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate for the group." -msgstr "Kiedy grupa linków jest w trybie automatycznym, system alternatyw zapewni, ¿e linki tej grupy wskazuj± na alternatywê o najwy¿szym priorytecie." +msgid "" +"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that " +"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate " +"for the group." +msgstr "" +"Kiedy grupa linków jest w trybie automatycznym, system alternatyw zapewni, " +"¿e linki tej grupy wskazuj± na alternatywê o najwy¿szym priorytecie." # type: TP #: ../update-alternatives.8:197 @@ -7906,8 +10139,12 @@ msgstr "tryb r # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:202 -msgid "When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make any changes to the system administrator's settings." -msgstr "Kiedy grupa linków jest w trybie rêcznym, system alternatyw nic nie zmieni w ustawieniach administratora systemu." +msgid "" +"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make " +"any changes to the system administrator's settings." +msgstr "" +"Kiedy grupa linków jest w trybie rêcznym, system alternatyw nic nie zmieni w " +"ustawieniach administratora systemu." # type: TP #: ../update-alternatives.8:204 @@ -7917,14 +10154,41 @@ msgstr "B<--install> I<nazwa-og # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:219 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name for the master link, I<symlink> is the name of its symlink in the alternatives directory, and I<altern> is the alternative being introduced for the master link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, symlink name in the alternatives directory and the alternative for a slave link. Zero or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, may be specified." -msgstr "Dodaje grupê alternatyw do systemu. I<nazwa-ogólna> jest ogóln± nazw± g³ównego linku, I<symlink> jest nazw± linku symbolicznego w katalogu alternatyw, a I<altern> jest wprowadzan± alternatyw± dla g³ównego linku. Argumentami opcji B<--slave> s± nazwa ogólna, nazwa linku symbolicznego w katalogu alternatyw i alternatywa dla linku symbolicznego. Mo¿na podaæ zero lub wiêcej opcji B<--slave>, po ka¿dej musz± nastêpowaæ jej trzy argumenty." +msgid "" +"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<genname> is the generic name " +"for the master link, I<symlink> is the name of its symlink in the " +"alternatives directory, and I<altern> is the alternative being introduced " +"for the master link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, " +"symlink name in the alternatives directory and the alternative for a slave " +"link. Zero or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, " +"may be specified." +msgstr "" +"Dodaje grupê alternatyw do systemu. I<nazwa-ogólna> jest ogóln± nazw± " +"g³ównego linku, I<link-symboliczny> jest nazw± linku symbolicznego w " +"katalogu alternatyw, a I<alternatywa> jest wprowadzan± alternatyw± dla " +"g³ównego linku. Argumentami opcji B<--slave> s± nazwa ogólna, nazwa linku " +"symbolicznego w katalogu alternatyw i alternatywa dla linku symbolicznego. " +"Mo¿na podaæ zero lub wiêcej opcji B<--slave>, po ka¿dej musz± nastêpowaæ jej " +"trzy argumenty." # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:230 -msgid "If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of alternatives for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, will be added with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and the newly added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed alternatives for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the newly added alternatives." -msgstr "Je¿eli g³ówny link symboliczny ju¿ istnieje w systemie alternatyw, to podana informacja bêdzie dodana jako nowy zbiór alternatyw dla tej grupy. W przeciwnym wypadku zostanie utworzona nowa grupa, ustawiona w tryb automatyczny. Je¿eli grupa jest w trybie automatycznym, a priorytet nowo dodawanej alternatywy jest wiêkszy od priorytetu ka¿dej z innych zainstalowanych alternatyw w tej grupie, to linki symboliczne bêd± zaktualizowane tak, ¿eby prowadzi³y do nowo dodanej alternatywy." +msgid "" +"If the master symlink specified exists already in the alternatives system's " +"records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of alternatives " +"for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, will be added " +"with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and the newly " +"added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed alternatives " +"for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the newly added " +"alternatives." +msgstr "" +"Je¿eli g³ówny link symboliczny ju¿ istnieje w systemie alternatyw, to podana " +"informacja bêdzie dodana jako nowy zbiór alternatyw dla tej grupy. W " +"przeciwnym wypadku zostanie utworzona nowa grupa, ustawiona w tryb " +"automatyczny. Je¿eli grupa jest w trybie automatycznym, a priorytet nowo " +"dodawanej alternatywy jest wiêkszy od priorytetu ka¿dej z innych " +"zainstalowanych alternatyw w tej grupie, to linki symboliczne bêd± " +"zaktualizowane tak, ¿eby prowadzi³y do nowo dodanej alternatywy." # type: TP #: ../update-alternatives.8:230 @@ -7934,8 +10198,13 @@ msgstr "B<--set> I<nazwa # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:239 -msgid "Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." -msgstr "Ustawia program I<¶cie¿ka> jako alternatywê dla I<nazwy>. Jest to nieinteraktywny, a wiêc mo¿liwy do u¿ycia w skryptach, odpowiednik opcji I<--config>." +msgid "" +"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to " +"I<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." +msgstr "" +"Ustawia program I<¶cie¿ka> jako alternatywê dla I<nazwy>. Jest to " +"nieinteraktywny, a wiêc mo¿liwy do u¿ycia w skryptach, odpowiednik opcji I<--" +"config>." # type: TP #: ../update-alternatives.8:239 @@ -7945,8 +10214,25 @@ msgstr "B<--remove> I<nazwa # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:259 -msgid "Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently pointing to I<path>, no links are changed; only the information about the alternative is removed." -msgstr "Usuwa alternatywê i wszystkie linki podrzêdne z ni± skojarzone. I<nazwa> jest nazw± w katalogu alternatyw, I<¶cie¿ka> jest absolutn± nazw± pliku, do której I<nazwa> mog³aby byæ linkiem. Je¿eli I<nazwa> rzeczywi¶cie jest linkiem do I<¶cie¿ki>, to I<nazwa> zostanie zaktualizowana, tak ¿eby wskazywa³a na inn± odpowiedni± alternatywê, albo zostanie usuniêta, je¿eli nie pozostanie ani jedna alternatywa. Skojarzone linki podrzêdne zostan± odpowiednio zaktualizowane lub usuniête. Je¿eli link nie prowadzi obecnie do I<¶cie¿ki>, to ¿adne linki nie bêd± aktualizowane; zostanie tylko usuniêta informacja o alternatywie." +msgid "" +"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a " +"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to " +"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, " +"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative, or " +"removed if there is no such alternative left. Associated slave links will " +"be updated or removed, correspondingly. If the link is not currently " +"pointing to I<path>, no links are changed; only the information about the " +"alternative is removed." +msgstr "" +"Usuwa alternatywê i wszystkie linki podrzêdne z ni± skojarzone. I<nazwa> " +"jest nazw± w katalogu alternatyw, I<¶cie¿ka> jest absolutn± nazw± pliku, do " +"której I<nazwa> mog³aby byæ linkiem. Je¿eli I<nazwa> rzeczywi¶cie jest " +"linkiem do I<¶cie¿ki>, to I<nazwa> zostanie zaktualizowana, tak ¿eby " +"wskazywa³a na inn± odpowiedni± alternatywê, albo zostanie usuniêta, je¿eli " +"nie pozostanie ani jedna alternatywa. Skojarzone linki podrzêdne zostan± " +"odpowiednio zaktualizowane lub usuniête. Je¿eli link nie prowadzi obecnie do " +"I<¶cie¿ki>, to ¿adne linki nie bêd± aktualizowane; zostanie tylko usuniêta " +"informacja o alternatywie." # type: TP #: ../update-alternatives.8:259 @@ -7956,8 +10242,12 @@ msgstr "B<--remove-all> I<nazwa>" # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:264 -msgid "Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is a name in the alternatives directory." -msgstr "Usuwa wszystkie linki alternatyw i wszystkie skojarzone z nimi linki podrzêdne. I<nazwa> jest nazw± w katalogu alternatyw." +msgid "" +"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is " +"a name in the alternatives directory." +msgstr "" +"Usuwa wszystkie linki alternatyw i wszystkie skojarzone z nimi linki " +"podrzêdne. I<nazwa> jest nazw± w katalogu alternatyw." # type: TP #: ../update-alternatives.8:264 @@ -7978,8 +10268,14 @@ msgstr "B<--auto> I<link>" # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:274 -msgid "Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this symlink and its slaves are updated to point to the highest priority installed alternatives." -msgstr "Prze³±cza g³ówny link I<link> w tryb automatyczny. Podczas tego procesu, link ten wraz z jego linkami podrzêdnymi bêdzie zaktualizowany tak, ¿eby wskazywa³ na alternatywê o najwy¿szym priorytecie." +msgid "" +"Switch the master symlink I<link> to automatic mode. In the process, this " +"symlink and its slaves are updated to point to the highest priority " +"installed alternatives." +msgstr "" +"Prze³±cza g³ówny link I<link> w tryb automatyczny. Podczas tego procesu, " +"link ten wraz z jego linkami podrzêdnymi bêdzie zaktualizowany tak, ¿eby " +"wskazywa³ na alternatywê o najwy¿szym priorytecie." # type: TP #: ../update-alternatives.8:274 @@ -7989,8 +10285,18 @@ msgstr "B<--display> I<link>" # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:285 -msgid "Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master link. Information displayed includes the group's mode (auto or manual), which alternative the symlink currently points to, what other alternatives are available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest priority alternative currently installed." -msgstr "Wy¶wietla informacje o grupie linków, której I<link> jest linkiem nadrzêdnym. Informacje te zawieraj± tryb grupy (automatyczny lub rêczny), okre¶laj±, na któr± alternatywê obecnie link wskazuje, jakie s± inne dostêpne alternatywy (i odpowiadaj±ce im alternatywy podrzêdne) oraz obecnie zainstalowan± alternatywê o najwy¿szym priorytecie." +msgid "" +"Display information about the link group of which I<link> is the master " +"link. Information displayed includes the group's mode (auto or manual), " +"which alternative the symlink currently points to, what other alternatives " +"are available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest " +"priority alternative currently installed." +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietla informacje o grupie linków, której I<link> jest linkiem " +"nadrzêdnym. Informacje te zawieraj± tryb grupy (automatyczny lub rêczny), " +"okre¶laj±, na któr± alternatywê obecnie link wskazuje, jakie s± inne " +"dostêpne alternatywy (i odpowiadaj±ce im alternatywy podrzêdne) oraz obecnie " +"zainstalowan± alternatywê o najwy¿szym priorytecie." # type: TP #: ../update-alternatives.8:285 @@ -8011,8 +10317,14 @@ msgstr "B<--config> I<link>" # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:295 -msgid "Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken out of I<auto> mode." -msgstr "Wy¶wietla dostêpne alternatywy w grupie linków i pozwala u¿ytkownikowi interakcyjnie wybraæ, której nale¿y u¿yæ. Grupa linków zostanie zaktualizowana, a tryb I<automatyczny> zostanie wy³±czony." +msgid "" +"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to " +"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated and taken " +"out of I<auto> mode." +msgstr "" +"Wy¶wietla dostêpne alternatywy w grupie linków i pozwala u¿ytkownikowi " +"interakcyjnie wybraæ, której nale¿y u¿yæ. Grupa linków zostanie " +"zaktualizowana, a tryb I<automatyczny> zostanie wy³±czony." # type: TP #: ../update-alternatives.8:303 @@ -8022,12 +10334,16 @@ msgstr "B<--altdir>I< katalog>" # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:307 -msgid "Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the default." +msgid "" +"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the " +"default." msgstr "Okre¶la katalog alternatyw, je¿eli ma byæ inny ni¿ domy¶lny." # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:311 -msgid "Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from the default." +msgid "" +"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from " +"the default." msgstr "Okre¶la katalog administracyjny, je¿eli ma byæ inny ni¿ domy¶lny." # type: TP @@ -8039,17 +10355,26 @@ msgstr "B<--verbose>" # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:316 msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing." -msgstr "Podaje wiêcej informacji o przebiegu wykonywania B<update-alternatives>." +msgstr "" +"Podaje wiêcej informacji o przebiegu wykonywania B<update-alternatives>." # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:320 -msgid "Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet implemented." -msgstr "Nie wy¶wietl ¿adnych komentarzy, chyba ¿e wyst±pi b³±d. Opcja jeszcze niezaimplementowana." +msgid "" +"Don't generate any comments unless errors occur. This option is not yet " +"implemented." +msgstr "" +"Nie wy¶wietl ¿adnych komentarzy, chyba ¿e wyst±pi b³±d. Opcja jeszcze " +"niezaimplementowana." # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:324 -msgid "Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not yet implemented." -msgstr "Nic nie robi, tylko wy¶wietla, co by³oby zrobione. Opcja jeszcze niezaimplementowana." +msgid "" +"Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is not " +"yet implemented." +msgstr "" +"Nic nie robi, tylko wy¶wietla, co by³oby zrobione. Opcja jeszcze " +"niezaimplementowana." # type: TP #: ../update-alternatives.8:326 @@ -8059,7 +10384,9 @@ msgstr "I</etc/alternatives/>" # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:332 -msgid "The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> option." +msgid "" +"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> " +"option." msgstr "Domy¶lny katalog alternatyw. Mo¿na go zmieniæ opcj± B<-altdir>." # type: TP @@ -8070,7 +10397,9 @@ msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:338 -msgid "The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--admindir> option." +msgid "" +"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--" +"admindir> option." msgstr "Domy¶lny katalog administracyjny. Mo¿na go zmieniæ opcj± B<-admindir>." # type: IP @@ -8092,23 +10421,48 @@ msgstr "2" # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:345 -msgid "Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the action." -msgstr "Wyst±pi³y problemy podczas przetwarzania linii poleceñ lub wykonywania akcji." +msgid "" +"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the " +"action." +msgstr "" +"Wyst±pi³y problemy podczas przetwarzania linii poleceñ lub wykonywania akcji." # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:355 -msgid "B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-alternatives> outputs error messages on its standard error channel and returns an exit status of 2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; if you do not find them so, please report this as a bug." -msgstr "B<update-alternatives> wypisuje nieustannie informacje o podejmowanych dzia³aniach do standardowego wyj¶cia. Je¿eli wyst±pi b³±d B<update-alternatives> wy¶wietla komunikaty b³êdu do standardowego wyj¶cia b³êdów i koñczy dzia³anie z kodem wyj¶cia 2. Wypisywana diagnostyka powinna wszystko wyja¶niaæ, je¿eli nie jest taka, proszê zg³osiæ to jako b³±d." +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its activities on its " +"standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-alternatives> outputs " +"error messages on its standard error channel and returns an exit status of " +"2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; if you do not find them " +"so, please report this as a bug." +msgstr "" +"B<update-alternatives> wypisuje nieustannie informacje o podejmowanych " +"dzia³aniach do standardowego wyj¶cia. Je¿eli wyst±pi b³±d B<update-" +"alternatives> wy¶wietla komunikaty b³êdu do standardowego wyj¶cia b³êdów i " +"koñczy dzia³anie z kodem wyj¶cia 2. Wypisywana diagnostyka powinna wszystko " +"wyja¶niaæ, je¿eli nie jest taka, proszê zg³osiæ to jako b³±d." # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:361 -msgid "There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by the link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the associated manpage." -msgstr "Mamy klika pakietów, które dostarczaj± edytora tekstu kompatybilnego z edytorem B<vi>, na przyk³ad B<nvi> i B<vim>. To, który pakiet bêdzie u¿ywany, kontrolowane jest przez grupê linków B<vi>, zawieraj±c± linki do samego programu i skojarzonych stron podrêcznika." +msgid "" +"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with " +"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by the " +"link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the " +"associated manpage." +msgstr "" +"Mamy klika pakietów, które dostarczaj± edytora tekstu kompatybilnego z " +"edytorem B<vi>, na przyk³ad B<nvi> i B<vim>. To, który pakiet bêdzie " +"u¿ywany, kontrolowane jest przez grupê linków B<vi>, zawieraj±c± linki do " +"samego programu i skojarzonych stron podrêcznika." # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:364 -msgid "To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current setting for it, use the I<--display> action:" -msgstr "Aby wy¶wietliæ listê dostêpnych pakietów, które dostarczaj± B<vi> oraz jego bie¿±ce ustawienie, nale¿y u¿yæ akcji I<--display>:" +msgid "" +"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " +"setting for it, use the I<--display> action:" +msgstr "" +"Aby wy¶wietliæ listê dostêpnych pakietów, które dostarczaj± B<vi> oraz jego " +"bie¿±ce ustawienie, nale¿y u¿yæ akcji I<--display>:" # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:367 @@ -8117,8 +10471,12 @@ msgstr "B<update-alternatives --display vi>" # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:371 -msgid "To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and then select a number from the list:" -msgstr "Aby wybraæ okre¶lon± implementacjê edytora B<vi>, nale¿y u¿yæ tego polecenia jako u¿ytkownik root i wybraæ liczbê z listy:" +msgid "" +"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and " +"then select a number from the list:" +msgstr "" +"Aby wybraæ okre¶lon± implementacjê edytora B<vi>, nale¿y u¿yæ tego polecenia " +"jako u¿ytkownik root i wybraæ liczbê z listy:" # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:374 @@ -8127,8 +10485,12 @@ msgstr "B<update-alternatives --config vi>" # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:378 -msgid "To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this as root:" -msgstr "Aby przywróciæ automatyczne wybieranie implementacji programu B<vi>, nale¿y jako u¿ytkownik root wykonaæ:" +msgid "" +"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this " +"as root:" +msgstr "" +"Aby przywróciæ automatyczne wybieranie implementacji programu B<vi>, nale¿y " +"jako u¿ytkownik root wykonaæ:" # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:381 @@ -8137,28 +10499,56 @@ msgstr "B<update-alternatives --auto vi>" # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:386 -msgid "If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, or, if that is not possible, email the author directly." -msgstr "W razie znalezienia b³êdu, prosimy o jego zg³oszenie, u¿ywaj±c systemu ¶ledzenia b³êdów Debiana, a je¿eli nie jest to mo¿liwe, to przez wys³anie bezpo¶redniego e-maila do autora." +msgid "" +"If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system, " +"or, if that is not possible, email the author directly." +msgstr "" +"W razie znalezienia b³êdu, prosimy o jego zg³oszenie, u¿ywaj±c systemu " +"¶ledzenia b³êdów Debiana, a je¿eli nie jest to mo¿liwe, to przez wys³anie " +"bezpo¶redniego e-maila do autora." # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:391 -msgid "If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the documentation; please report it." -msgstr "Rozbie¿no¶ci pomiêdzy dzia³aniem B<update-alternatives> a t± stron± podrêcznika stanowi± b³±d albo w implementacji, albo w dokumentacji. W razie znalezienia jakichkolwiek rozbie¿no¶ci, prosimy o ich zg³oszenie." +msgid "" +"If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> " +"and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the " +"documentation; please report it." +msgstr "" +"Rozbie¿no¶ci pomiêdzy dzia³aniem B<update-alternatives> a t± stron± " +"podrêcznika stanowi± b³±d albo w implementacji, albo w dokumentacji. W razie " +"znalezienia jakichkolwiek rozbie¿no¶ci, prosimy o ich zg³oszenie." # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:396 -msgid "Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." -msgstr "Copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. Niniejszy program jest oprogramowaniem wolnym, sprawd¼ Powszechn± Licencjê Publiczn± GNU w wersji drugiej lub pó¼niejszej, by dowiedzieæ siê o warunkach dystrybucji. Brak JAKIEJKOLWIEK gwarancji." +msgid "" +"Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free " +"software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying " +"conditions. There is NO warranty." +msgstr "" +"Copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. Niniejszy program jest oprogramowaniem wolnym, " +"sprawd¼ Powszechn± Licencjê Publiczn± GNU w wersji drugiej lub pó¼niejszej, " +"by dowiedzieæ siê o warunkach dystrybucji. Brak JAKIEJKOLWIEK gwarancji." # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:400 -msgid "This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." -msgstr "Tê stronê podrêcznika napisa³ w 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. Niniejsza dokumentacja jest oprogramowaniem wolnym, sprawd¼ Powszechn± Licencjê Publiczn± GNU w wersji drugiej lub pó¼niejszej, by dowiedzieæ siê o warunkach dystrybucji. Brak JAKIEJKOLWIEK gwarancji." +msgid "" +"This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is free " +"documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for " +"copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." +msgstr "" +"Tê stronê podrêcznika napisa³ w 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. Niniejsza " +"dokumentacja jest oprogramowaniem wolnym, sprawd¼ Powszechn± Licencjê " +"Publiczn± GNU w wersji drugiej lub pó¼niejszej, by dowiedzieæ siê o " +"warunkach dystrybucji. Brak JAKIEJKOLWIEK gwarancji." # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:402 -msgid "You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian system." -msgstr "W ka¿dym systemie Debiana GNU GPL mo¿na znale¼æ w pliku /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL." +msgid "" +"You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian " +"system." +msgstr "" +"W ka¿dym systemie Debiana GNU GPL mo¿na znale¼æ w pliku /usr/share/common-" +"licenses/GPL." # type: Plain text #: ../update-alternatives.8:405 @@ -8169,6 +10559,7 @@ msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS - standard hierarchii systemu plik # #~ msgid "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," #~ msgstr "I<Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages> (RFC822)," + # type: Plain text # #~ msgid "" @@ -8177,10 +10568,12 @@ msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS - standard hierarchii systemu plik #~ msgstr "" #~ "I<Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support> (RFC1123) " #~ "sekcja 5.2.14," + # type: Plain text # #~ msgid "B<date>(1)." #~ msgstr "B<date>(1)." + # type: Plain text # #~ msgid "" @@ -8189,6 +10582,7 @@ msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS - standard hierarchii systemu plik #~ msgstr "" #~ "B<822-date> oraz ten podrêcznik napisa³ Ian Jackson i udostêpni³ jako " #~ "public domain." + # type: Plain text #~ msgid "" #~ "B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] " @@ -8196,39 +10590,49 @@ msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS - standard hierarchii systemu plik #~ msgstr "" #~ "B<cleanup-info> [B<--help>] [B<--unsafe>] [B<--version>] [B<-->] " #~ "[I<E<lt>katalogE<gt>>]" + # type: Plain text # #~ msgid "Output the help screen and exit successfully." #~ msgstr "Wy¶wietla informacjê o pomocy i pomy¶lnie koñczy dzia³anie." + # type: Plain text # #~ msgid "Output version and exit successfully." #~ msgstr "Wy¶wietla informacjê o wersji i pomy¶lnie koñczy dzia³anie." + # type: Plain text #~ msgid "Print a usage message." #~ msgstr "Wy¶wietla informacje o u¿ywaniu programu." + # type: Plain text #~ msgid "Print program version." #~ msgstr "Wy¶wietla wersjê programu." + # type: TH #~ msgid "2006-05-23" #~ msgstr "2006-05-23" + # type: Plain text # #~ msgid "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archive>" #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-deb> B<-W>|B<--show> [B<--showformat>=I<format>] I<archiwum>" + # type: Plain text # #~ msgid "" #~ "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "B<dpkg-deb> B<-x>|B<--extract>|B<-X>|B<--vextract> I<archiwum katalog>" + # type: SH #~ msgid "ACTION OPTIONS" #~ msgstr "OPCJE DZIA£AÑ" + # type: TP #~ msgid "B<--build>, B<-b>" #~ msgstr "B<--build>, B<-b>" + # type: Plain text # #~ msgid "" @@ -8237,30 +10641,39 @@ msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS - standard hierarchii systemu plik #~ msgstr "" #~ "Mo¿na podaæ poziom kompresji, u¿ywaj±c opcji B<-z#>. dpkg-deb przeka¿e tê " #~ "opcjê programowi gzip." + # type: TP #~ msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>" #~ msgstr "B<--info>, B<-I>" + # type: TP #~ msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>" #~ msgstr "B<--show>, B<-W>" + # type: TP #~ msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>" #~ msgstr "B<--field>, B<-f>" + # type: TP #~ msgid "B<--contents>, B<-c>" #~ msgstr "B<--contents>, B<-c>" + # type: TP #~ msgid "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" #~ msgstr "B<--extract>, B<-x>, B<--vextract>, B<-X>" + # type: TP #~ msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile>" #~ msgstr "B<--fsys-tarfile>" + # type: TP #~ msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>" #~ msgstr "B<--control>, B<-e>" + # type: TP #~ msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" #~ msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>" + # type: Plain text # #~ msgid "" @@ -8269,13 +10682,16 @@ msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS - standard hierarchii systemu plik #~ msgstr "" #~ "Wy¶wietla informacje o sposobie u¿ycia B<dpkg-deb>, podaj±c zestawienie " #~ "jego opcji." + # type: Plain text # #~ msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number." #~ msgstr "Wy¶wietla informacje o numerze wersji B<dpkg-deb>." + # type: TP #~ msgid "B<--licence>" #~ msgstr "B<--licence>" + # type: Plain text # #~ msgid "" @@ -8284,32 +10700,40 @@ msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS - standard hierarchii systemu plik #~ msgstr "" #~ "Wy¶wietla informacje o licencji B<dpkg-deb> oraz braku jego gwarancji. " #~ "(Obs³ugiwany jest tak¿e amerykañski sposób pisowni B<--license>.)" + # type: SH #~ msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" #~ msgstr "INNE OPCJE" + # type: TP #~ msgid "B<--debug>, B<-D>" #~ msgstr "B<--debug>, B<-D>" + # type: Plain text #~ msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<opcje>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>plikE<gt>>" + # type: Plain text #~ msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "B<dpkg-divert> [I<opcje>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>wzorzec-wyszukiwania-" #~ "nazwyE<gt>>]" + # type: Plain text #~ msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-divert> [I<opcje>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>plikE<gt>>" + # type: Plain text # #~ msgid "Output short usage instructions, and exit successfully." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Wy¶wietla informacjê o u¿yciu programu i pomy¶lnie koñczy dzia³anie." + # type: Plain text # #~ msgid "Output program name and version and exit successfully." #~ msgstr "Wy¶wietla informacjê o wersji i pomy¶lnie koñczy dzia³anie." + # type: Plain text #~ msgid "" #~ "B<dpkg-name> [B<-a>|B<--no-architecture>] [B<-o>|B<--overwrite>] [B<-s>|" @@ -8320,15 +10744,18 @@ msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS - standard hierarchii systemu plik #~ "B<--subdir> [I<katalog>]] [B<-c>|B<--create-dir>] [B<-h>|B<--help>] [B<-" #~ "v>|B<--version>] [B<-l>|B<--license>] [B<-k>|B<--symlink>] [B<-->] " #~ "[I<pliki>]" + # type: TP #~ msgid "B<-h, --help>" #~ msgstr "B<-h, --help>" + # type: Plain text # #~ msgid "Print a usage message and exit successfully." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Wy¶wietla krótk± informacjê o u¿yciu programu i pomy¶lnie koñczy " #~ "dzia³anie." + # type: Plain text # #~ msgid "" @@ -8337,43 +10764,55 @@ msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS - standard hierarchii systemu plik #~ msgstr "" #~ "Wy¶wietla informacjê o prawach autorskich oraz licencji (z odniesieniem " #~ "do licencji GNU) i pomy¶lnie koñczy dzia³anie." + # type: TP #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<wzorzec-nazwy-pakietu> ..." + # type: TP #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<wzorzec-nazwy-pakietu> ..." + # type: TP #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..." #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<nazwa-pakietu> ..." + # type: TP #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<nazwa-pakietu> ..." + # type: TP #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern> ..." #~ msgstr "" #~ "B<dpkg-query> B<-S>|B<--search> I<wzorzec-wyszukiwania-nazwy-pliku> ..." + # type: TP #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..." #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<nazwa-pakietu> ..." + # type: TP #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" + # type: Plain text # #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" + # type: Plain text # #~ msgid "Display licence and copyright information." #~ msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie informacji o licencji i prawach autorskich." + # type: Plain text # #~ msgid "Display version information." #~ msgstr "Wy¶wietlenie informacji o wersji." + # type: TH #~ msgid "2006-05-10" #~ msgstr "2006-05-10" + # type: SH #, fuzzy #~ msgid "THE OVERRIDE FILE" @@ -8388,18 +10827,23 @@ msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS - standard hierarchii systemu plik #~ "dpkg-source, dpkg-gencontrol, dpkg-shlibdeps, dpkg-genchanges, dpkg-" #~ "buildpackage, dpkg-distaddfile, dpkg-parsechangelog - narzêdzia " #~ "zarz±dzania ¼ród³owymi pakietami Debiana" + # type: SH #~ msgid "COMMON OPTIONS" #~ msgstr "WSPÓLNE OPCJE" + # type: SH #~ msgid "dpkg-SOURCE OPTIONS" #~ msgstr "OPCJE dpkg-SOURCE" + # type: TP #~ msgid "B<-x>" #~ msgstr "B<-x>" + # type: TP #~ msgid "B<-IE<lt>filenameE<gt>>" #~ msgstr "B<-IE<lt>nazwa-plikuE<gt>>" + # type: SH #, fuzzy #~ msgid "dpkg-GENCONTROL OPTIONS" @@ -8414,26 +10858,33 @@ msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS - standard hierarchii systemu plik # type: SH #~ msgid "dpkg-SHLIBDEPS OPTIONS" #~ msgstr "OPCJE dpkg-SHLIBDEPS" + # type: SH #~ msgid "dpkg-GENCHANGES OPTIONS" #~ msgstr "OPCJE dpkg-GENCHANGES" + # type: Plain text # #~ msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> does not take any non-option arguments." #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-genchanges> nie wymaga podania ¿adnej opcji." + # type: SH #~ msgid "dpkg-BUILDPACKAGE OPTIONS" #~ msgstr "OPCJE dpkg-BUILDPACKAGE" + # type: Plain text # #~ msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> does not take any non-option arguments." #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-buildpackage> nie wymaga podania ¿adnej opcji." + # type: SH #~ msgid "dpkg-DISTADDFILE ARGUMENTS" #~ msgstr "ARGUMENTY dpkg-DISTADDFILE" + # type: SH #~ msgid "dpkg-PARSECHANGELOG ARGUMENTS" #~ msgstr "ARGUMENTY dpkg-PARSECHANGELOG" + # type: Plain text # #, fuzzy @@ -8446,4 +10897,3 @@ msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS - standard hierarchii systemu plik #, fuzzy #~ msgid "VARIABLE SUBSTITUTION" #~ msgstr "Nieznana zmienna: %s" - -- 2.39.5